Add missing init_targets documentation
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
376 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
377 @end itemize
378
379 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
380
381 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
382 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
383 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
384 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
385 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
386
387 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
388 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
389 (see the section on driver commands).
390
391 @itemize
392 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
394 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
395 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
396 @end itemize
397
398 @section USB JLINK based
399 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
400 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
401 AT91SAM764 internally.
402
403 @itemize @bullet
404 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
406 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
408 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
409 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
410 @end itemize
411
412 @section USB RLINK based
413 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
414
415 @itemize @bullet
416 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
420 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
421 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
422 @end itemize
423
424 @section USB ST-LINK based
425 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
426 They only works with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
427
428 @itemize @bullet
429 @item @b{ST-LINK}
430 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
432 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
433 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
435 @end itemize
436
437 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
438 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
439 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following method's:
440 @itemize @bullet
441 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
442 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
443 @end itemize
444
445 @section USB Other
446 @itemize @bullet
447 @item @b{USBprog}
448 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
449
450 @item @b{USB - Presto}
451 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
452
453 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
454 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
455
456 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
457 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
458
459 @item @b{Buspirate}
460 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
461 @end itemize
462
463 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
464
465 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
466 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
467 these on the market.
468
469 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
470 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
471 of USB-based ones.
472
473 @itemize @bullet
474
475 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
476 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
477
478 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
479 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
480 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
481
482 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
483 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
484
485 @item @b{GW16402}
486 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
487
488 @item @b{Wiggler2}
489 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
490 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
491
492 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
493 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
494
495 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
496 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
497
498 @item @b{arm-jtag}
499 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
500
501 @item @b{chameleon}
502 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
503
504 @item @b{Triton}
505 @* Unknown.
506
507 @item @b{Lattice}
508 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
509 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
510
511 @item @b{flashlink}
512 @* From ST Microsystems;
513 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
514 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
515
516 @end itemize
517
518 @section Other...
519 @itemize @bullet
520
521 @item @b{ep93xx}
522 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
523
524 @item @b{at91rm9200}
525 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
526
527 @end itemize
528
529 @node About Jim-Tcl
530 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
531 @cindex Jim-Tcl
532 @cindex tcl
533
534 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
535 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
536 command interpreter.
537
538 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
539 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
540 much of anything about Tcl.
541 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
542
543 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
544 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
545 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
546 OpenOCD mailing list.
547
548 @itemize @bullet
549 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
550 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
551 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
552 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
553 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
554 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
555
556 @item @b{Missing Features}
557 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
558 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
559 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
560 enabled in OpenOCD.
561
562 @item @b{Scripts}
563 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
564 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
565 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
566
567 @item @b{Commands}
568 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
569 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
570 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
571 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
572
573 @item @b{Historical Note}
574 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
575 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
576 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
577 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
578
579 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
580 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
581 @end itemize
582
583 @node Running
584 @chapter Running
585 @cindex command line options
586 @cindex logfile
587 @cindex directory search
588
589 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
590 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
591 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
592 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
593 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
594
595 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
596 tell it how each debug session should work.
597 The @option{--help} option shows:
598 @verbatim
599 bash$ openocd --help
600
601 --help | -h display this help
602 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
603 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
604 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
605 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
606 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
607 --command | -c run <command>
608 @end verbatim
609
610 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
611 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
612 To specify one or more different
613 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
614
615 @example
616 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
617 @end example
618
619 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
620 @enumerate
621 @item the current directory,
622 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
623 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
624 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
625 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
626 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
627 @end enumerate
628 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
629
630 @quotation Note
631 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
632 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
633 @end quotation
634
635 @section Simple setup, no customization
636
637 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
638 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
639 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
640 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
641 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
642
643 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
644 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
645 the server like:
646
647 @example
648 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
649 @end example
650
651 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
652 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
653 If all goes well you'll see output something like
654
655 @example
656 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
657 For bug reports, read
658 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
659 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
660 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
661 @end example
662
663 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
664 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
665 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
666
667 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
668
669 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
670 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
671 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
672 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
673 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
674 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
675 ensure that this always succeeds.
676 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
677 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
678 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
679 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
680
681 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
682 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
683 those channels.
684
685 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
686 the @option{-d} option.
687
688 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
689 @option{-c} command line switch.
690
691 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
692 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
693 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
694 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
695 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
696 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
697 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
698
699 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
700 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
701
702 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
703 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
704 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
705 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
706
707 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
708 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
709
710 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
711 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
712 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
713 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
714 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
715 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
716 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
717
718 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
719
720 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
721 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
722 and a USB cable on the other.
723 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
724 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
725
726 @enumerate
727 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
728 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
729 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
730 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
731 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
732 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
733 debugging host.
734
735 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
736 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
737 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
738 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
739 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
740
741 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
742 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
743 with 1.2 Volt boards.
744
745 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
746 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
747 ways to connect the cable.
748 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
749 Be sure it's firmly connected.
750
751 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
752 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
753 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
754 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
755 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
756 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
757 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
758 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
759
760 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
761 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
762 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
763 but are tedious to set up.
764 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
765 adapter signals to the right board pins.
766
767 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
768 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
769 you are using to run OpenOCD.
770 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
771
772 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
773 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
774 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
775
776 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
777 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
778 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
779
780 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
781 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
782 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
783 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
784
785 @end enumerate
786
787 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
788 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
789 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
790
791 @section Project Directory
792
793 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
794
795 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
796 single directory for your work with a given board.
797 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
798 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
799 files accessed through semihosting,
800 and for code you upload to the target board.
801 It is also the natural place to write files,
802 such as log files and data you download from the board.
803
804 @section Configuration Basics
805
806 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
807 a variety of ways you can mix them.
808 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
809
810 @itemize
811 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
812 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
813 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
814 @end itemize
815
816 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
817 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
818 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
819
820 @example
821 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
822
823 # GDB can also flash my flash!
824 gdb_memory_map enable
825 gdb_flash_program enable
826
827 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
828 @end example
829
830 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
831
832 @example
833 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
834 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
835 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
836 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
837 @end example
838
839 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
840 each supporting a different development task.
841 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
842 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
843
844 @quotation Important
845 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
846 problems with how it treats variables.
847 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
848 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
849 that can be tested in a later script.
850 @end quotation
851
852 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
853 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
854 to simplify your work.
855
856 @section User Config Files
857 @cindex config file, user
858 @cindex user config file
859 @cindex config file, overview
860
861 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
862 in one place.
863 One of the following will match your situation best:
864
865 @itemize
866 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
867 provided by someone else.
868 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
869 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
870 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
871 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
872 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
873 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
874
875 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
876 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
877
878 @enumerate
879 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
880 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
881 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
882 @end enumerate
883
884 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
885 The first is an interface config file.
886 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
887 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
888 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
889 meet your deadline:
890
891 @example
892 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
893 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
894 @end example
895
896 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
897 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
898 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
899 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
900
901 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
902 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
903 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
904 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
905 target and board
906 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
907 @xref{Autoprobing}.
908
909 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
910 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
911 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
912 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
913
914 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
915 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
916 giving access to your particular flash chips.
917 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
918 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
919
920 @quotation Note
921 When you write new configuration files, please submit
922 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
923 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
924 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
925 will help support users of any board using that chip.
926 @end quotation
927
928 @item
929 You may may need to write some C code.
930 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
931 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
932 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
933 a new chip architecture.
934 @end itemize
935
936 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
937 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
938 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
939
940 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
941 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
942 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
943 @itemize
944
945 @item
946 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
947 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
948 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
949 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
950
951 @item
952 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
953 @cindex vector_catch
954 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
955 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
956 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
957 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
958 along with messaging and tracing setup.
959 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
960
961 @item
962 You might need to override some defaults.
963 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
964 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
965
966 @item
967 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
968 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
969 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
970 @end itemize
971
972 @section Project-Specific Utilities
973
974 A few project-specific utility
975 routines may well speed up your work.
976 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
977
978 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
979 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
980 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
981 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
982 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
983 may help:
984
985 @example
986 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
987 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
988 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
989 # Leave the CPU halted.
990 reset init
991
992 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
993 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
994
995 # Start running.
996 resume 0x20000000
997 @}
998 @end example
999
1000 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1001 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1002 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1003 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1004 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1005
1006 @example
1007 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1008 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1009 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1010 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1011 reset init
1012
1013 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1014 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1015 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1016 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1017 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1018 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1019 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1020
1021 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1022 reset run
1023 @}
1024 @end example
1025
1026 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1027 from NAND.
1028 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1029 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1030 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1031
1032 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1033 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1034
1035 @section Target Software Changes
1036
1037 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1038 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1039 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1040 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1041 handling issues like:
1042
1043 @itemize @bullet
1044
1045 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1046 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1047 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1048 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1049 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1050 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1051 your debug sessions.
1052
1053 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1054 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1055 That might however be your only option.
1056
1057 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1058 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1059 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1060 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1061 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1062 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1063 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1064 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1065 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1066 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1067 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1068 instead of the whole thing.
1069 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1070 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1071
1072 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1073 @cindex ARM semihosting
1074 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1075 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1076 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1077 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1078 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1079 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1080 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1081 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1082 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1083 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1084 NAND or SPI flash.
1085
1086 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1087 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1088 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1089 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1090 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1091
1092 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1093 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1094 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1095 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1096 registers which can be used to change various features including
1097 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1098 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1099 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1100 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1101 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1102
1103 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1104 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1105 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1106 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1107 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1108
1109 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1110 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1111 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1112 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1113 early code execution can be debugged
1114 or firmware can be replaced.
1115
1116 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1117 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1118 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1119 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1120 operations like writing to memory.)
1121
1122 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1123 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1124 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1125 various kinds of message.
1126 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1127
1128 @end itemize
1129
1130 @section Target Hardware Setup
1131
1132 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1133 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1134 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1135 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1136 working with.}
1137
1138 Common issues include:
1139
1140 @itemize @bullet
1141
1142 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1143 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1144 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1145 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1146 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1147 or one from a daughtercard).
1148 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1149 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1150
1151 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1152 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1153 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1154 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1155 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1156 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1157
1158 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1159 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1160 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1161 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1162 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1163
1164
1165 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1166 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1167 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1168 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1169 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1170 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1171 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1172
1173 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1174 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1175 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1176 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1177 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1178
1179 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1180 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1181 used to start booting.
1182
1183 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1184 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1185 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1186 multiple audio codec chips).
1187 This interacts with software
1188 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1189 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1190 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1191 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1192 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1193 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1194 audio or video codecs are used.
1195
1196 @end itemize
1197
1198 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1199 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1200 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1201 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1202 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1203 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1204 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1205 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1206 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1207 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1208
1209
1210 @node Config File Guidelines
1211 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1212
1213 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1214 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1215 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1216 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1217
1218 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1219 with files including the ones listed here.
1220 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1221 @itemize @bullet
1222 @item @file{interface} ...
1223 These are for debug adapters.
1224 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1225 @example
1226 $ ls interface
1227 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1228 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1229 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1230 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1231 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1232 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1233 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1234 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1235 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1236 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1237 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1238 $
1239 @end example
1240 @item @file{board} ...
1241 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1242 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1243 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1244 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1245 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1246 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1247 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1248 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1249 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1250 a CPU and an FPGA.
1251 @example
1252 $ ls board
1253 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1254 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1255 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1256 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1257 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1258 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1259 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1260 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1261 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1262 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1263 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1264 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1265 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1266 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1267 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1268 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1269 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1270 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1271 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1272 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1273 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1274 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1275 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1276 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1277 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1278 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1279 $
1280 @end example
1281 @item @file{target} ...
1282 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1283 on a chip
1284 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1285 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1286 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1287 the target config file defines all of them.
1288 @example
1289 $ ls target
1290 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1291 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1292 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1293 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1294 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1295 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1296 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1297 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1298 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1299 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1300 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1301 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1302 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1303 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1304 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1305 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1306 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1307 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1308 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1309 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1310 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1311 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1312 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1313 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1314 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1315 $
1316 @end example
1317 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1318 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1319 @end itemize
1320
1321 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1322 file may override features in any of the above files by
1323 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1324 commands specific to their situation.
1325
1326 @section Interface Config Files
1327
1328 The user config file
1329 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1330
1331 @example
1332 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1333 @end example
1334
1335 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1336 in use today with OpenOCD.
1337 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1338 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1339
1340 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1341 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1342 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1343 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1344 and need to provide a driver for it.
1345
1346 @section Board Config Files
1347 @cindex config file, board
1348 @cindex board config file
1349
1350 The user config file
1351 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1352
1353 @example
1354 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1355 @end example
1356
1357 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1358 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1359 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1360
1361 @enumerate
1362 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1363 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1364 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1365 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1366 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1367 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1368 @end enumerate
1369
1370 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1371 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1372 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1373 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1374
1375 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1376 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1377 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1378 configuration works.
1379
1380 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1381
1382 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1383 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1384 convention on how to use certain variables.
1385
1386 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1387 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1388 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1389 used at will within a target configuration file.
1390
1391 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1392 for a board with three chips:
1393
1394 @example
1395 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1396 set CHIPNAME network
1397 set ENDIAN big
1398 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1399 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1400 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1401 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1402
1403 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1404 set CHIPNAME video
1405 set ENDIAN little
1406 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1407 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1408 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1409 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1410
1411 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1412 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1413 unset ENDIAN
1414 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1415 @end example
1416
1417 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1418 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1419 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1420 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1421 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1422 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1423 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1424 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1425
1426 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1427 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1428 naming collisions.
1429
1430 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1431 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1432 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1433 up other clocks and peripherals.
1434
1435 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1436 @cindex variable names
1437
1438 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1439 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1440 one such chip (as shown above).
1441 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1442 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1443 to promote consistency and
1444 so that board files can override target defaults.
1445
1446 Inputs to target config files include:
1447
1448 @itemize @bullet
1449 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1450 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1451 tap identifier dotted names.
1452 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1453 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1454 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1455 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1456 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1457 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1458 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1459 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1460 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1461 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1462 @end itemize
1463
1464 Outputs from target config files include:
1465
1466 @itemize @bullet
1467 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1468 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1469 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1470 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1471 specific to that board and that target.
1472 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1473 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1474 @end itemize
1475
1476 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1477 @cindex event, reset-init
1478 @cindex reset-init handler
1479
1480 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1481 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1482 fully set up yet.
1483 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1484 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1485 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1486 handler is one of the most important.
1487
1488 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1489 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1490 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1491 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1492 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1493
1494 @quotation Note
1495 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1496 are included here.
1497 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1498 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1499 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1500 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1501 @end quotation
1502
1503 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1504 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1505 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1506 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1507 those as parameters.
1508 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1509 and disabling the watchdog.
1510 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1511 the next developer doing such work.
1512 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1513
1514 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1515 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1516 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1517 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1518
1519 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1520
1521 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1522 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1523 a low JTAG clock rate.
1524 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1525 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1526 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1527 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1528 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1529 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1530 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1531
1532 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1533 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1534 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1535 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1536 which might be less than that.
1537
1538 @quotation Warning
1539 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1540 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1541 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1542 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1543 @end quotation
1544
1545 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1546 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1547 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1548 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1549 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1550 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1551
1552 @section Target Config Files
1553 @cindex config file, target
1554 @cindex target config file
1555
1556 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1557 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1558 more target config files like this:
1559
1560 @example
1561 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1562 @end example
1563
1564 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1565 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1566 In summary the target files should contain
1567
1568 @enumerate
1569 @item Set defaults
1570 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1571 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1572 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1573 @item On-Chip flash
1574 @end enumerate
1575
1576 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1577 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1578 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1579
1580 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1581 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1582 can talk to the chip.
1583 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1584 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1585 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1586 and other processing engines.
1587
1588 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1589
1590 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1591 letting board config files express environment-specific
1592 differences in how things should be set up.
1593
1594 @example
1595 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1596 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1597 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1598 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1599 @} else @{
1600 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1601 @}
1602
1603 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1604 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1605 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1606 @} else @{
1607 set _ENDIAN little
1608 @}
1609
1610 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1611 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1612 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1613 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1614 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1615 @} else @{
1616 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1617 @}
1618 @end example
1619 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1620
1621 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1622 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1623 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1624
1625 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1626 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1627 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1628
1629 @example
1630 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1631 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1632 @end example
1633
1634 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1635 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1636 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1637 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1638 for taps.
1639
1640 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1641 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1642 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1643 looks (in part) like this:
1644
1645 @example
1646 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1647 @end example
1648
1649 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1650 to source such a config file twice, with different
1651 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1652 it adds a different TAP each time.
1653
1654 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1655 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1656 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1657 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1658
1659 @example
1660 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1661 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1662 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1663 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1664 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1665 @end example
1666
1667 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1668 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1669
1670 @itemize
1671 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1672 plus a JRC to enable them
1673 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1674 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1675 is not currently used)
1676 @end itemize
1677
1678 @subsection Add CPU targets
1679
1680 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1681 GDB and other commands can use it.
1682 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1683 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1684 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1685 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1686
1687 @example
1688 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1689 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1690 @end example
1691
1692 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1693 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1694 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1695 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1696 a work area if you can.
1697 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1698
1699 @example
1700 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1701 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1702 @end example
1703
1704 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1705 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1706 @cindex SMP
1707 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1708
1709 @example
1710 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1711 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1712 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1713 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1714 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1715 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1716 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1717 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1718 @end example
1719 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1720 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1721 @itemize @bullet
1722 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1723 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1724 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1725 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1726 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1727 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1728 @end itemize
1729
1730 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1731 command have been implemented.
1732 @itemize @bullet
1733 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1734 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1735 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1736 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1737 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1738 following example.
1739 @end itemize
1740
1741 @example
1742 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1743 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1744 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1745 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1746 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1747 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1748 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1749 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1750 > resume
1751 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1752 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1753 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1754 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1755 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1756 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1757 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1758 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1759 @end example
1760
1761
1762 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1763
1764 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1765 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1766 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1767
1768 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1769 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1770 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1771 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1772 both signals.
1773
1774 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1775 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1776 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1777 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1778 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1779 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1780 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1781 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1782 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1783 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1784 not available.)
1785
1786 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1787 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1788 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1789 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1790 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1791 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1792 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1793 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1794
1795 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1796 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1797 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1798 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1799 slower clock than they will use later.
1800 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1801 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1802 than they will use later.
1803 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1804
1805 @quotation Important
1806 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1807 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1808 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1809 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1810 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1811 @end quotation
1812
1813 @anchor{The init_targets procedure}
1814 @subsection The init_targets procedure
1815 @cindex init_targets procedure
1816
1817 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in configuration stage,
1818 @xref{Configuration Stage}) or they can contain a special procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed
1819 when entering run stage (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{Entering the Run Stage}).
1820 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original). This concept faciliates code
1821 reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which
1822 can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with
1823 ``linear'' config scripts, because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
1824
1825 @example
1826 ### generic_file.cfg ###
1827
1828 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
1829 # basic initialization procedure ...
1830 @}
1831
1832 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1833 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
1834 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
1835 @}
1836
1837 ### specific_file.cfg ###
1838
1839 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
1840
1841 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1842 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
1843 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
1844 @}
1845 @end example
1846
1847 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to enclose every line of ``code''
1848 (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
1849
1850 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
1851
1852 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1853
1854 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1855 special high speed download features - enable it.
1856
1857 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1858
1859 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1860 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1861 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1862 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1863 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1864 If you are using an external trace port,
1865 configure it in your board config file.
1866 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1867 configure it in your target config file.
1868
1869 @example
1870 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1871 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1872 @end example
1873
1874 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1875
1876 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1877
1878 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1879 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1880 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1881 the TARGET (chip) file.
1882
1883 Examples:
1884 @itemize @bullet
1885 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1886 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1887 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1888 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1889 @end itemize
1890
1891 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1892 @section Translating Configuration Files
1893 @cindex translation
1894 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1895 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1896 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1897 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1898 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1899 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1900
1901 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1902 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1903 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1904 convert other scripts later on.
1905
1906 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1907 replace job:
1908
1909 @example
1910 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1911 #
1912 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1913 #
1914 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1915 #
1916 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1917
1918 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1919 global TARGETNAME
1920
1921 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1922
1923 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1924 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1925 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1926 @}
1927 @end example
1928
1929
1930
1931 @node Daemon Configuration
1932 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1933 @cindex initialization
1934 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1935 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1936 supported.
1937
1938 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1939 @section Configuration Stage
1940 @cindex configuration stage
1941 @cindex config command
1942
1943 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1944 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1945 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1946 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1947 inside startup scripts.
1948
1949 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1950 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1951 which may be issued interactively.
1952 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1953 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1954
1955 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1956 flash banks,
1957 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1958 and other basic setup.
1959 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1960 may access or activate TAPs.
1961 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1962 longer be issued.
1963
1964 @anchor{Entering the Run Stage}
1965 @section Entering the Run Stage
1966
1967 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1968 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1969 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1970 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1971 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1972 You should see no errors at this point.
1973 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1974 commands you used to configure the server.
1975 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1976 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1977 on the scan chain.
1978
1979 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1980 become available.
1981 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1982 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1983 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1984 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1985 entry to the run stage.
1986
1987 @deffn {Config Command} init
1988 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1989 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1990 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1991 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1992 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1993 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1994
1995 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1996 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1997 configuration files and/or command line options.
1998
1999 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2000 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2001 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2002 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2003 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2004 @end deffn
2005
2006 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2007 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2008 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2009
2010 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2011 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2012 scan chain.
2013 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2014 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2015
2016 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2017 they return.
2018 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2019 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2020 @end deffn
2021
2022 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
2023 @section TCP/IP Ports
2024 @cindex TCP port
2025 @cindex server
2026 @cindex port
2027 @cindex security
2028 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2029 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2030 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2031
2032 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2033 access using one or more of these ports.
2034 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2035 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2036 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2037
2038 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2039 @cindex GDB server
2040 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2041 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2042 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2043 the normal use cases.
2044
2045 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2046 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2047 disables the gdb server.
2048
2049 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2050 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2051
2052 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2053 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2054
2055 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2056 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2057 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2058
2059 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2060 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2061 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2062 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2063 @end deffn
2064
2065 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2066 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2067 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2068 output from the Tcl engine.
2069 Intended as a machine interface.
2070 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2071 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2072
2073 @end deffn
2074
2075 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2076 Specify or query the
2077 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2078 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2079 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2080 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2081 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2082 @end deffn
2083
2084 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2085 @section GDB Configuration
2086 @cindex GDB
2087 @cindex GDB configuration
2088 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2089 The ones listed here are static and global.
2090 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2091 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2092
2093 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2094 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2095 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2096 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2097 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2098 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2099 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2100 @end deffn
2101
2102 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2103 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2104 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2105 vFlash packet is received.
2106 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2107 @end deffn
2108
2109 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2110 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2111 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2112 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2113 for flash programming to work.
2114 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2115 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2116 @end deffn
2117
2118 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2119 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2120 by GDB memory read packets.
2121 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2122 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2123 @end deffn
2124
2125 @anchor{Event Polling}
2126 @section Event Polling
2127
2128 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2129 where significant events can happen at any time.
2130 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2131 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2132 or to GDB.
2133
2134 Examples of such events include:
2135
2136 @itemize
2137 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2138 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2139 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2140 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2141 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2142 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2143 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2144 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2145 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2146 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2147 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2148 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2149 @end itemize
2150
2151 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2152 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2153 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2154 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2155 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2156
2157 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2158 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2159 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2160 to the various active targets.
2161 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2162 which is normally done in the background.
2163
2164 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2165 Poll the current target for its current state.
2166 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2167 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2168 specific information about the current state is printed.
2169 An optional parameter
2170 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2171
2172 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2173 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2174 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2175 @example
2176 > poll
2177 background polling: on
2178 target state: halted
2179 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2180 current mode: Supervisor
2181 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2182 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2183 >
2184 @end example
2185 @end deffn
2186
2187 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2188 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2189 @cindex config file, interface
2190 @cindex interface config file
2191
2192 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2193 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2194 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2195
2196 @quotation Note
2197 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2198 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2199 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2200 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2201 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2202 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2203 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2204 @end quotation
2205
2206 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2207 through commands in an interface configuration
2208 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2209 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2210
2211 @example
2212 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2213 @end example
2214
2215 These commands tell
2216 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2217 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2218
2219 @example
2220 # jlink interface
2221 interface jlink
2222 @end example
2223
2224 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2225
2226
2227 @section Interface Configuration
2228
2229 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2230 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2231 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2232
2233 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2234 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2235 target.
2236 @end deffn
2237
2238 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2239 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2240 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2241 @end deffn
2242 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2243 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2244 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2245 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2246 the hardware can support.
2247 @end deffn
2248
2249
2250
2251 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2252 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2253 @end deffn
2254
2255 @section Interface Drivers
2256
2257 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2258 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2259 available at run time.
2260
2261 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2262 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2263 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2264 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2265
2266 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2267 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2268 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2269 @end deffn
2270
2271 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2272 Displays status of RTCK option.
2273 Optionally sets that option first.
2274 @end deffn
2275 @end deffn
2276
2277 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2278 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2279 This has one driver-specific command:
2280
2281 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2282 Logs some status
2283 @end deffn
2284 @end deffn
2285
2286 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2287 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2288 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2289 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2290 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2291 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2292 @end deffn
2293
2294 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2295 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2296 @end deffn
2297
2298 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2299 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2300 @end deffn
2301
2302 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2303 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2304 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2305 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2306
2307 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2308 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2309 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2310 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2311 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2312 @end deffn
2313
2314 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2315 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2316 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2317 is connected to the host.
2318 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2319 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2320 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2321 @end deffn
2322
2323 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2324 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2325 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2326 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2327 @itemize @minus
2328 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2329 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2330 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2331 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2332 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2333 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2334 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2335 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2336 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2337 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2338 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2339 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2340 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2341 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2342 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2343 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2344 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2345 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2346 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2347 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2348 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2349 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2350 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2351 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2352 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2353 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2354 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2355 @end itemize
2356 @end deffn
2357
2358 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2359 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2360 default values are used.
2361 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2362 @example
2363 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2364 @end example
2365 @end deffn
2366
2367 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2368 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2369 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2370 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2371 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2372 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2373 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2374 @end deffn
2375
2376 For example, the interface config file for a
2377 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2378
2379 @example
2380 interface ft2232
2381 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2382 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2383 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2384 @end example
2385 @end deffn
2386
2387 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2388 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2389 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2390 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2391
2392 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2393 processors which are being simulated.
2394
2395 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2396 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2397 sockets instead of TCP.
2398 @end deffn
2399
2400 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2401 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2402 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2403 @end deffn
2404
2405 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2406 something like:
2407
2408 @example
2409 interface remote_bitbang
2410 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2411 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2412 @end example
2413
2414 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2415 named mysocket:
2416
2417 @example
2418 interface remote_bitbang
2419 remote_bitbang_port 0
2420 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2421 @end example
2422 @end deffn
2423
2424 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2425 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2426 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2427 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2428
2429 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2430 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2431 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2432 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2433 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2434 @end deffn
2435
2436 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2437 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2438 default values are used.
2439 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2440 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2441 @example
2442 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2443 @end example
2444 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2445 @example
2446 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2447 @end example
2448 @end deffn
2449
2450 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2451 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2452 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2453 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2454
2455 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2456 @example
2457 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2458 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2459 @end example
2460 @end deffn
2461
2462 @end deffn
2463
2464 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2465 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2466 This has one driver-specific command:
2467
2468 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2469 Display either the address of the I/O port
2470 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2471 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2472 This is a write-once setting.
2473 @end deffn
2474 @end deffn
2475
2476 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2477 Segger jlink USB adapter
2478 @c command: jlink caps
2479 @c dumps jlink capabilities
2480 @c command: jlink config
2481 @c access J-Link configurationif no argument this will dump the config
2482 @c command: jlink config kickstart [val]
2483 @c set Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19.
2484 @c command: jlink config mac_address [ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff]
2485 @c set the MAC Address
2486 @c command: jlink config ip [A.B.C.D[/E] [F.G.H.I]]
2487 @c set the ip address of the J-Link Pro, "
2488 @c where A.B.C.D is the ip,
2489 @c E the bit of the subnet mask
2490 @c F.G.H.I the subnet mask
2491 @c command: jlink config reset
2492 @c reset the current config
2493 @c command: jlink config save
2494 @c save the current config
2495 @c command: jlink config usb_address [0x00 to 0x03 or 0xff]
2496 @c set the USB-Address,
2497 @c This will change the product id
2498 @c command: jlink info
2499 @c dumps status
2500 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2501 @c sets version 2 or 3
2502 @c command: jlink pid
2503 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2504 @end deffn
2505
2506 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2507 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2508 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2509 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2510 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2511
2512 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2513 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2514 This is a write-once setting.
2515 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2516
2517 @itemize @minus
2518 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2519 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2520 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2521 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2522 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2523 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2524 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2525 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2526 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2527 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2528 some versions of
2529 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2530 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2531 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2532 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2533 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2534 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2535 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2536 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2537 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2538 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2539 @end itemize
2540 @end deffn
2541
2542 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2543 Display either the address of the I/O port
2544 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2545 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2546 This is a write-once setting.
2547
2548 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2549 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2550 you may encounter a problem.
2551 @end deffn
2552
2553 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2554 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2555 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2556 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2557 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2558 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2559
2560 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2561 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2562 @quotation Tip
2563 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2564 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2565 @example
2566 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2567 > adapter_khz 500
2568 @end example
2569 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2570 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2571 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2572 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2573 large set of samples.
2574 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2575 @example
2576 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2577 @end example
2578 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2579 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2580
2581 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2582 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2583 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2584 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2585 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2586 @end quotation
2587 @end deffn
2588
2589 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2590 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2591 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2592 @end deffn
2593
2594 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2595 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2596
2597 @example
2598 interface parport
2599 parport_port 0x278
2600 parport_cable wiggler
2601 @end example
2602 @end deffn
2603
2604 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2605 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2606 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2607 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2608 @end deffn
2609 @end deffn
2610
2611 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2612 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2613 @end deffn
2614
2615 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2616 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2617 @end deffn
2618
2619 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2620 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2621
2622 @quotation Note
2623 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2624 which are not currently documented here.
2625 @end quotation
2626 @end deffn
2627
2628 @deffn {Interface Driver} {stlink}
2629 ST Micro ST-LINK adapter.
2630 @end deffn
2631
2632 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2633 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2634 @end deffn
2635
2636 @quotation Note
2637 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2638 which are not currently documented here.
2639 @end quotation
2640
2641 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2642 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2643 No arguments: print status.
2644 @end deffn
2645
2646 @section Transport Configuration
2647 @cindex Transport
2648 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2649 and the debug adapter you are using,
2650 several transports may be available to
2651 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2652 @deffn Command {transport list}
2653 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2654 version of OpenOCD.
2655 @end deffn
2656
2657 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2658 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2659 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2660 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2661 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2662 @end deffn
2663
2664 @subsection JTAG Transport
2665 @cindex JTAG
2666 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2667 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2668 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2669 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2670 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2671 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2672 @subsection SWD Transport
2673 @cindex SWD
2674 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2675 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2676 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2677 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2678 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2679 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2680 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2681 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2682 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2683 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2684 expected to change.
2685 @end deffn
2686 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2687 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2688 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2689 No parameters: displays current settings.
2690 @end deffn
2691
2692 @subsection SPI Transport
2693 @cindex SPI
2694 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2695 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2696 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2697 solution for flash programming.
2698
2699 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2700 @section JTAG Speed
2701 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2702 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2703 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2704 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2705 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2706 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2707 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2708 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2709 power management software that may be active.
2710
2711 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2712 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2713 target event handler.
2714 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2715 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2716 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2717 sets up those clocks).
2718 @xref{Target Events}.
2719 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2720 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2721 in the target config file.
2722 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2723 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2724 config file instead.
2725 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2726 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2727 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2728
2729 @example
2730 jtag_rclk 3000
2731 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2732 @end example
2733
2734 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2735 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2736 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2737 may not be the fastest solution.
2738
2739 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2740 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2741 which support adaptive clocking.
2742
2743 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2744 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2745 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2746 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2747 than the speed specified.
2748
2749 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2750 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2751 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2752 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2753
2754 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2755 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2756 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2757 JTAG clocking after setup.
2758 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2759 If the interface device can not
2760 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2761 @end deffn
2762
2763 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2764 @cindex adaptive clocking
2765 @cindex RTCK
2766 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2767 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2768 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2769 @example
2770 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2771 jtag_rclk 3000
2772 @end example
2773 @end defun
2774
2775 @node Reset Configuration
2776 @chapter Reset Configuration
2777 @cindex Reset Configuration
2778
2779 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2780 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2781 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2782 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2783 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2784 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2785 Please see the various board files for examples.
2786
2787 @quotation Note
2788 To maintainers and integrators:
2789 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2790 Normally the board configuration file
2791 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2792 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2793
2794 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2795 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2796 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2797 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2798 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2799 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2800 @end quotation
2801
2802 @section Types of Reset
2803
2804 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2805 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2806 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2807
2808 @itemize @bullet
2809 @item
2810 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2811 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2812 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2813 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2814 @item
2815 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2816 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2817 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2818 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2819 @item
2820 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2821 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2822 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2823 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2824 @item
2825 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2826 several other types of reset.
2827 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2828 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2829 There may be individual module resets.
2830 @end itemize
2831
2832 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2833 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2834 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2835 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2836 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2837 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2838 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2839 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2840 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2841
2842 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2843 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2844
2845 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2846 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2847 common issues are:
2848
2849 @itemize @bullet
2850
2851 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2852 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2853 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2854 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2855 when either of those signals is not connected.
2856 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2857 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2858 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2859 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2860
2861 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2862 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2863 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2864 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2865
2866 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2867 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2868 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2869 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2870 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2871 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2872 hardware debouncing.
2873 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2874 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2875
2876 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2877 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2878 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2879 to use push/pull output drivers.
2880 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2881 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2882 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2883 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2884
2885 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2886 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2887 issues (not limited to errata).
2888 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2889 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2890 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2891 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2892 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2893 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2894 @end itemize
2895
2896 There can also be other issues.
2897 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2898 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2899 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2900 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2901 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2902 Agreement (NDA).
2903
2904 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2905 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2906 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2907
2908 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2909 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2910
2911 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2912
2913 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2914 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2915 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2916 allowing it to be deasserted.
2917 @end deffn
2918
2919 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2920 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2921 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2922 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2923 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2924 @end deffn
2925
2926 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2927 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2928 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2929 allowing it to be deasserted.
2930 @end deffn
2931
2932 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2933 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2934 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2935 @end deffn
2936
2937 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2938 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2939 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2940 configuration scripts.
2941
2942 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2943 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2944 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2945 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2946 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2947 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2948 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2949 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2950
2951 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2952 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2953 @var{gates},
2954 @var{trst_type},
2955 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2956 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2957 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2958 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2959 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2960 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2961
2962 @itemize
2963 @item
2964 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2965 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2966 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2967 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2968 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2969
2970 @quotation Tip
2971 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2972 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2973 @end quotation
2974
2975 @item
2976 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2977 signal implementations.
2978 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2979 indicating everything behaves normally.
2980 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2981 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2982 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2983 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2984 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2985 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2986 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2987
2988 @item
2989 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2990 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2991 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2992 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2993 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2994 while SRST is asserted.
2995 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2996 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2997 @end itemize
2998
2999 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3000 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3001 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3002 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3003 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3004
3005 @itemize
3006 @item
3007 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3008 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3009 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3010 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3011
3012 @item
3013 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3014 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3015 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3016 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3017 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3018 @end itemize
3019 @end deffn
3020
3021 @section Custom Reset Handling
3022 @cindex events
3023
3024 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3025 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3026 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3027 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3028 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3029 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3030
3031 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3032 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3033 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3034 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3035 want to reset everything at once.
3036
3037 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3038 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3039 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3040 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3041 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3042 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3043 needs special attention.
3044
3045 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3046 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3047 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3048 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3049 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3050 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3051 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
3052 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3053
3054 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3055 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3056 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3057 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3058 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3059
3060 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3061 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3062 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3063 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3064 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3065 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3066 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3067 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3068 or potentially some other value.
3069
3070 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3071 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3072 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3073 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3074 (or their associated targets)
3075 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3076
3077 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3078 they return.
3079 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3080 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3081 @end deffn
3082
3083 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3084 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3085 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3086 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3087 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3088 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3089 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3090 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3091 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3092 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3093 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3094 @end deffn
3095
3096 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3097 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3098 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3099 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3100 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3101 @end deffn
3102
3103
3104 @node TAP Declaration
3105 @chapter TAP Declaration
3106 @cindex TAP declaration
3107 @cindex TAP configuration
3108
3109 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3110 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3111
3112 @itemize @bullet
3113 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3114 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3115 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3116 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3117 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3118 start running that code.
3119 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3120 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3121 and missing connections
3122 @end itemize
3123
3124 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3125 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3126 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3127 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3128 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3129
3130 @section Scan Chains
3131 @cindex scan chain
3132
3133 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3134 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3135 They also need to be added to
3136 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3137 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3138 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3139 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3140 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3141 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3142 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3143 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3144
3145 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3146 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3147 command, presented in the next chapter.
3148 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3149 debugging targets.)
3150 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3151
3152 @verbatim
3153 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3154 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3155 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3156 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3157 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3158 @end verbatim
3159
3160 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3161 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3162 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3163 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3164 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3165 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3166 until they are told to do so.
3167
3168 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3169 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3170 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3171 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3172
3173 @example
3174 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3175 @end example
3176
3177 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3178 by a given chip.
3179 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3180 and so forth.
3181 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3182 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3183 a single chip and between them.
3184 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3185
3186 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3187 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3188 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3189 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3190 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3191 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3192 includes commands something like this:
3193
3194 @example
3195 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3196 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3197 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3198 @end example
3199
3200 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3201 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3202 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3203
3204 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3205 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3206 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3207 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3208 @example
3209 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3210 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3211 @}
3212 @end example
3213 @end deffn
3214
3215 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3216 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3217 and their status.
3218 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3219 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3220 but systems with a JTAG router can
3221 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3222 @end deffn
3223
3224 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3225 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3226
3227 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3228 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3229
3230 @section TAP Names
3231 @cindex dotted name
3232
3233 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3234 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3235 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3236 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3237 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3238 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3239 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3240 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3241
3242 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3243 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3244 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3245
3246 @quotation Tip
3247 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3248 This feature is still present.
3249 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3250 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3251 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3252 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3253 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3254 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3255 @end quotation
3256
3257 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3258
3259 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3260 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3261 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3262 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3263 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3264
3265 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3266 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3267 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3268 overridable.
3269
3270 @cindex TAP naming convention
3271 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3272 and should follow this convention:
3273
3274 @itemize @bullet
3275 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3276 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3277 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3278 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3279 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3280 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3281 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3282 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3283 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3284 with a single TAP;
3285 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3286 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3287 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3288 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3289 @end itemize
3290
3291 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3292
3293 @itemize @bullet
3294 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3295 @*The length in bits of the
3296 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3297 @end itemize
3298
3299 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3300
3301 @itemize @bullet
3302 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3303 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3304 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3305 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3306 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3307 (the TAP is linked in).
3308 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3309 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3310 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3311 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3312 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3313 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3314 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3315 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3316 values that were found but not included in the list.
3317
3318 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3319 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3320 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3321 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3322 hardware to find these values.
3323 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3324 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3325 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3326 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3327 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3328 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3329 the various chip IDs.
3330 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3331 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3332 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3333 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3334 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3335 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3336 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3337 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3338 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3339 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3340 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3341 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3342 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3343 @end itemize
3344 @end deffn
3345
3346 @section Other TAP commands
3347
3348 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3349 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3350 At this writing this TAP attribute
3351 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3352 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3353 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3354 See the next section for information about the available events.
3355
3356 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3357 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3358 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3359 @end deffn
3360
3361 @anchor{TAP Events}
3362 @section TAP Events
3363 @cindex events
3364 @cindex TAP events
3365
3366 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3367 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3368 The other applies to debugger targets,
3369 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3370
3371 The TAP events currently defined are:
3372
3373 @itemize @bullet
3374 @item @b{post-reset}
3375 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3376 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3377 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3378 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3379 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3380
3381 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3382 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3383 of any particular target.
3384 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3385 @item @b{setup}
3386 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3387 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3388 @item @b{tap-disable}
3389 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3390 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3391 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3392 @item @b{tap-enable}
3393 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3394 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3395 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3396 @end itemize
3397
3398 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3399 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3400 contents to be accurate), you might:
3401
3402 @example
3403 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3404 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3405 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3406 @}
3407 @end example
3408
3409
3410 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3411 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3412 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3413 @cindex jrc
3414
3415 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3416 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3417 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3418 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3419 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3420
3421 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3422 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3423 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3424 be visible.
3425 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3426 ignores, such as:
3427
3428 @itemize
3429 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3430 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3431 TAPs receive new instructions.
3432 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3433 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3434 @end itemize
3435
3436 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3437 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3438 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3439 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3440
3441 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3442 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3443
3444 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3445 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3446 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3447 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3448 should define TAP event handlers using
3449 code that looks something like this:
3450
3451 @example
3452 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3453 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3454 @}
3455 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3456 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3457 @}
3458 @end example
3459
3460 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3461
3462 @example
3463 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3464 @end example
3465
3466 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3467 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3468 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3469 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3470
3471 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3472 If necessary, disables the tap
3473 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3474 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3475 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3476 and "0" if it is disabled.
3477 @end deffn
3478
3479 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3480 If necessary, enables the tap
3481 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3482 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3483 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3484 and "0" if it is disabled.
3485 @end deffn
3486
3487 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3488 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3489 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3490 and "0" if it is disabled.
3491
3492 @quotation Note
3493 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3494 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3495 @end quotation
3496 @end deffn
3497
3498 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3499 @section Autoprobing
3500 @cindex autoprobe
3501 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3502
3503 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3504 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3505 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3506 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3507
3508 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3509 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3510 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3511 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3512 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3513 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3514 right when they come out of reset).
3515
3516 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3517
3518 @example
3519 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3520 reset_config trst_and_srst
3521 jtag_rclk 8
3522 @end example
3523
3524 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3525 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3526
3527 @enumerate
3528 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3529 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3530 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3531 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3532 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3533 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3534 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3535 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3536 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3537 that is discovered.
3538 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3539 register, it will report it.
3540 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3541 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3542 @end enumerate
3543
3544 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3545 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3546 that's a bit more complex:
3547
3548 @example
3549 clock speed 8 kHz
3550 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3551 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3552 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3553 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3554 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3555 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3556 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3557 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3558 @end example
3559
3560 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3561 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3562 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3563 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3564 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3565 and so forth.
3566
3567 @node CPU Configuration
3568 @chapter CPU Configuration
3569 @cindex GDB target
3570
3571 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3572 You can also access these targets without GDB
3573 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3574 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3575 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3576 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3577
3578 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3579 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3580
3581 @section Target List
3582 @cindex target, current
3583 @cindex target, list
3584
3585 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3586 where each member has a name.
3587 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3588 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3589 (plural!) command.
3590 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3591 look like with more than one:
3592 @verbatim
3593 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3594 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3595 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3596 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3597 @end verbatim
3598
3599 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3600 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3601 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3602 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3603 space seen by that current target.
3604 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3605 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3606 are examples; and there are many more.
3607
3608 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3609
3610 @deffn Command {target count}
3611 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3612 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3613 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3614
3615 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3616 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3617 @example
3618 set c [target count]
3619 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3620 # Assuming you have created this function
3621 print_target_details $x
3622 @}
3623 @end example
3624 @end deffn
3625
3626 @deffn Command {target current}
3627 Returns the name of the current target.
3628 @end deffn
3629
3630 @deffn Command {target names}
3631 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3632 @example
3633 foreach t [target names] @{
3634 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3635 @}
3636 @end example
3637 @end deffn
3638
3639 @deffn Command {target number} number
3640 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3641 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3642
3643 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3644 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3645 @example
3646 set thename [target number $x]
3647 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3648 @end example
3649 @end deffn
3650
3651 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3652 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3653
3654 @deffn Command targets [name]
3655 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3656 command names are singular.}
3657
3658 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3659 targets in a user friendly form.
3660
3661 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3662 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3663 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3664 @end deffn
3665
3666 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3667 @cindex target type
3668 @cindex CPU type
3669 @cindex CPU variant
3670
3671 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3672 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3673 when calling @command{target create}.
3674 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3675 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3676 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3677 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3678 what core-specific commands may be available
3679 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3680 and more.
3681
3682 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3683 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3684 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3685 worked around in some chip versions.
3686
3687 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3688 since there's a command to list them.
3689 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3690 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3691
3692 @anchor{target types}
3693 @deffn Command {target types}
3694 Lists all supported target types.
3695 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3696
3697 @itemize @bullet
3698 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3699 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3700 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3701 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3702 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3703 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3704 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3705 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3706 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3707 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3708 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3709 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
3710 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3711 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3712 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3713 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3714 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3715 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3716 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3717 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3718 There are several variants defined:
3719 @itemize @minus
3720 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3721 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3722 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3723 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3724 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3725 @end itemize
3726 @end itemize
3727 @end deffn
3728
3729 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3730 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3731 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3732 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3733 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3734 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3735 reflect design generations;
3736 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3737 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3738
3739 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3740 @section Target Configuration
3741
3742 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3743 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3744 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3745 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3746 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3747
3748 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3749 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3750 optional parts.
3751 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3752 command, created as part of target creation.
3753
3754 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3755 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3756 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3757 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3758 to be much more board-specific.
3759 The key steps you use might look something like this
3760
3761 @example
3762 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3763 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3764 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3765 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3766 @end example
3767
3768 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3769 on-chip SRAM.
3770 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3771 writes to target memory;
3772 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3773 GDB memory checksumming;
3774 and more.
3775
3776 @quotation Warning
3777 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3778 inaccessible when application code
3779 (such as an operating system)
3780 enables or disables the MMU.
3781 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3782 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3783 easy access to other addresses needed.
3784 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3785 @end quotation
3786
3787 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3788 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3789 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3790 controllers.
3791 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3792 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3793 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3794
3795 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3796 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3797 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3798 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3799 purposes including additional configuration.
3800
3801 @itemize @bullet
3802 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3803 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3804 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3805 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3806
3807 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3808 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3809 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3810 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3811 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3812 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3813 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3814 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3815
3816 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3817 @end itemize
3818 @end deffn
3819
3820 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3821 The options accepted by this command may also be
3822 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3823 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3824 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3825
3826 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3827 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3828 and changing its endianness or variant.
3829
3830 @itemize @bullet
3831
3832 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3833 used to access this target.
3834
3835 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3836 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3837
3838 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3839 @xref{Target Events}.
3840 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3841 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3842 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3843 same event name assigns only one handler.
3844
3845 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3846 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3847
3848 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3849 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3850 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3851 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3852 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3853 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3854 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3855
3856 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3857 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3858 or virtual address is being used.
3859
3860 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3861 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3862
3863 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3864 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3865 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3866 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3867 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3868
3869 @end itemize
3870 @end deffn
3871
3872 @section Other $target_name Commands
3873 @cindex object command
3874
3875 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3876 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3877
3878 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3879 Once a button is created a button
3880 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3881 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3882 configure it like this:
3883
3884 @example
3885 # Create
3886 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3887 # Modify
3888 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3889 # Query
3890 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3891 # Report
3892 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3893 @end example
3894
3895 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3896 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3897
3898 @example
3899 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3900 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3901 @end example
3902
3903 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3904
3905 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3906 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3907 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3908 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3909 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3910 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3911 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3912 They are not otherwise documented here.
3913 @end deffn
3914
3915 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3916 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3917 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3918 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3919 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3920 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3921 the target side uses raw memory.
3922
3923 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3924 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3925 The script orientation comes from working with data
3926 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3927 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3928 and neither store nor return those values.
3929
3930 @itemize
3931 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3932 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3933 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3934 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3935 @end itemize
3936 @end deffn
3937
3938 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3939 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3940 @command{$target_name configure}
3941 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3942 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3943 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3944 There are a few special cases:
3945
3946 @itemize @bullet
3947 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3948 event named @var{event_name}.
3949 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3950 two parameters.
3951 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3952 This is a special case because this is set using
3953 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3954 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3955 @end itemize
3956
3957 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3958 all the targets you might use something like this:
3959
3960 @example
3961 foreach name [target names] @{
3962 set y [$name cget -endian]
3963 set z [$name cget -type]
3964 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3965 $x $name $y $z]
3966 @}
3967 @end example
3968 @end deffn
3969
3970 @anchor{target curstate}
3971 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3972 Displays the current target state:
3973 @code{debug-running},
3974 @code{halted},
3975 @code{reset},
3976 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3977 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3978 @end deffn
3979
3980 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3981 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3982 currently associated with this target.
3983 @xref{Target Events}.
3984 @end deffn
3985
3986 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3987 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3988 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3989 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3990 @end deffn
3991
3992 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3993 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3994 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3995 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3996 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3997 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3998 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3999 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4000 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4001 @end deffn
4002
4003 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4004 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4005 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4006 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4007 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4008 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4009 @end deffn
4010
4011 @anchor{Target Events}
4012 @section Target Events
4013 @cindex target events
4014 @cindex events
4015 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4016 For example:
4017 @itemize @bullet
4018 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4019 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4020 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4021 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4022 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4023 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4024 to set up system clocks or
4025 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4026 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4027 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4028 @end itemize
4029
4030 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4031 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4032 @command{target create ... -event}.
4033
4034 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4035 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4036 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4037
4038 @example
4039 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4040 echo "Reset..."
4041 reset halt
4042 @}
4043 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4044 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4045 echo "Reset..."
4046 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4047 reset init
4048 @}
4049 @end example
4050
4051 The following target events are defined:
4052
4053 @itemize @bullet
4054 @item @b{debug-halted}
4055 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4056 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4057 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4058 @item @b{early-halted}
4059 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4060 @ignore
4061 @item @b{examine-end}
4062 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
4063 @item @b{examine-start}
4064 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
4065 @end ignore
4066 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4067 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4068 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4069 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4070 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4071 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4072 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4073 @* When GDB disconnects
4074 @item @b{gdb-end}
4075 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4076 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4077 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4078 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4079 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4080 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4081 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4082 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4083 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4084 @item @b{gdb-start}
4085 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4086 @item @b{halted}
4087 @* The target has halted
4088 @ignore
4089 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
4090 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4091 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
4092 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4093 @end ignore
4094 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4095 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4096 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4097 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4098 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4099 @item @b{reset-assert}
4100 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4101 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4102 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4103 it instead of asserting SRST.
4104 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4105 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4106 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4107 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4108 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4109 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4110 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4111 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4112 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4113 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4114 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4115 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4116 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4117 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4118 released on the scan chain.
4119 @item @b{reset-end}
4120 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4121 @ignore
4122 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4123 @* Currently not used
4124 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4125 @* Currently not used
4126 @end ignore
4127 @item @b{reset-init}
4128 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4129 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4130
4131 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4132 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4133 multiplexing, and so on.
4134 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4135 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4136 @item @b{reset-start}
4137 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4138 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4139
4140 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4141 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4142 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4143 @ignore
4144 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4145 @* Currently not used
4146 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4147 @* Currently not used
4148 @end ignore
4149 @item @b{resume-start}
4150 @* Before any target is resumed
4151 @item @b{resume-end}
4152 @* After all targets have resumed
4153 @item @b{resume-ok}
4154 @* Success
4155 @item @b{resumed}
4156 @* Target has resumed
4157 @end itemize
4158
4159
4160 @node Flash Commands
4161 @chapter Flash Commands
4162
4163 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4164 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4165 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4166 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4167 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4168 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4169 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4170 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4171 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4172
4173 Flash Steps:
4174 @enumerate
4175 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4176 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4177 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4178 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4179 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4180 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4181 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4182 @item GDB Flashing
4183 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4184 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4185 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4186 @end enumerate
4187
4188 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4189 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4190 so that it can't boot.
4191 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4192 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4193
4194 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4195 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4196 @cindex flash configuration
4197
4198 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4199 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4200 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4201 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4202 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4203 see the driver-specific documentation.
4204
4205 @itemize @bullet
4206 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4207 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4208 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4209 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4210 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4211 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4212 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4213 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4214 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4215 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4216 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4217 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4218 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4219 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4220 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4221 commands to the flash controller.
4222 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4223 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4224 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4225 for more information.
4226 @end itemize
4227 @quotation Note
4228 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4229 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4230 @end quotation
4231 @end deffn
4232
4233 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4234 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4235 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4236 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4237 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4238 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4239 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4240 @end deffn
4241
4242 @deffn Command {flash list}
4243 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4244 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4245 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4246 @end deffn
4247
4248 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4249 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4250 depends on the flash type.
4251 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4252 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4253 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4254 but most don't bother.
4255 @end deffn
4256
4257 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4258 @cindex flash erasing
4259 @cindex flash reading
4260 @cindex flash writing
4261 @cindex flash programming
4262
4263 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4264 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4265 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4266 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4267 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4268
4269 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4270 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4271 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4272 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4273 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4274
4275 @quotation Note
4276 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4277 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4278 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4279 back to a flash bank.
4280 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4281 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4282 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4283 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4284 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4285 @end quotation
4286
4287 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4288 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4289 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4290 disabled first.
4291 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4292 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4293 @xref{flash protect}.
4294
4295 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4296 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4297 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4298 up to and including @var{last}.
4299 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4300 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4301 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4302 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4303 @end deffn
4304
4305 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4306 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4307 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4308 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4309 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4310 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4311 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4312 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4313 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4314 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4315 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4316 before erase starts.
4317 @end deffn
4318
4319 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4320 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4321 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4322 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4323 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4324 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4325 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4326 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4327 before issuing this command.
4328 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4329 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4330 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4331 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4332 @end deffn
4333 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4334
4335 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4336 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4337 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4338 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4339 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4340 @end deffn
4341
4342 @anchor{flash write_image}
4343 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4344 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4345 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4346 to the base address for each section in the image.
4347 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4348 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4349 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4350 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4351 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4352 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4353 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4354 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4355 each image section.
4356
4357 @quotation Warning
4358 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4359 data you want to preserve.
4360 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4361 sections might be erased with no notice.
4362 @itemize
4363 @item
4364 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4365 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4366 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4367 @item
4368 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4369 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4370 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4371 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4372 @end itemize
4373 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4374 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4375 @end quotation
4376
4377 @end deffn
4378
4379 @section Other Flash commands
4380 @cindex flash protection
4381
4382 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4383 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4384 and display that status.
4385 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4386 @end deffn
4387
4388 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4389 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4390 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4391 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4392 and possibly stale information.
4393 @end deffn
4394
4395 @anchor{flash protect}
4396 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4397 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4398 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4399 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4400 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4401 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4402 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4403 @end deffn
4404
4405 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4406 @section Flash Driver List
4407 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4408 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4409 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4410
4411 @subsection External Flash
4412
4413 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4414 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4415 @cindex CFI
4416 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4417 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4418 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4419 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4420 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4421 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4422 configure a bus and its timings), or
4423 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4424 on the flash chip.
4425 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4426 speed up operation.
4427
4428 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4429
4430 @itemize
4431 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4432 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4433 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4434 @end itemize
4435
4436 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4437 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4438
4439 @example
4440 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4441 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4442 @end example
4443
4444 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4445 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4446 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4447
4448 @example
4449 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4450 @end example
4451
4452 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4453 @end deffn
4454
4455 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4456 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4457 @cindex SMI
4458 @cindex stmsmi
4459 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4460 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4461 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4462 SPI flash devices.
4463 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4464 flash devices can be connected.
4465
4466 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4467 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4468 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4469 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4470 the flash content.
4471
4472 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4473 to identify the memory bank.
4474 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4475 flash size, are detected automatically.
4476
4477 @example
4478 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4479 @end example
4480
4481 @end deffn
4482
4483 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4484
4485 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4486 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4487 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4488 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4489 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4490 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4491
4492 @example
4493 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4494 @end example
4495 @end deffn
4496
4497 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4498 @cindex at91sam3
4499 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4500 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4501 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4502 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4503 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4504 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4505 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4506 chips are confirmed.}
4507
4508 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4509 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4510 the following fixed locations:
4511
4512 @example
4513 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4514 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4515 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4516 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4517 @end example
4518
4519 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4520 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4521 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4522
4523 @itemize
4524 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4525 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4526 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4527 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4528 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4529 @end itemize
4530
4531 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4532
4533 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4534 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4535 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4536 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4537 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4538 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4539 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4540
4541 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4542 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4543 @end deffn
4544
4545 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4546 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4547 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4548 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4549 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4550 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4551 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4552 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4553 @end deffn
4554
4555 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4556 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4557 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4558 @end deffn
4559 @end deffn
4560
4561 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4562 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4563 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4564 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4565 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4566
4567 @example
4568 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4569 @end example
4570
4571 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4572 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4573
4574 @itemize
4575 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4576 @item @var{banks}
4577 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4578 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4579 @item @var{pages_size}
4580 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4581 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4582 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4583 @end itemize
4584
4585 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4586 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4587 will be autoconfigured.
4588 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4589
4590 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4591 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4592 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4593 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4594 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4595
4596 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4597 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4598 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4599 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4600 are not truly general purpose).
4601 @quotation Note
4602 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4603 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4604 @end quotation
4605 @end deffn
4606 @end deffn
4607
4608 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4609 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4610 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4611 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4612 @end deffn
4613
4614 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4615 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4616 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4617 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4618 and executed.
4619 @end deffn
4620
4621 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4622 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4623 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4624
4625 @quotation Note
4626 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4627 driver:
4628 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4629 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4630 @end quotation
4631
4632 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4633 which must appear in the following order:
4634
4635 @itemize
4636 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4637 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4638 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4639 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4640 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4641 at which the core is running
4642 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4643 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4644 @quotation Note
4645 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4646 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4647 However, if you do provide it,
4648 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4649 @end quotation
4650 @end itemize
4651
4652 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4653
4654 @example
4655 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4656 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4657 @end example
4658
4659 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4660 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4661 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4662 @end deffn
4663 @end deffn
4664
4665 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4666 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4667 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4668 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4669 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4670 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4671
4672 @example
4673 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4674 @end example
4675 @end deffn
4676
4677 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4678 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4679 from NXP.
4680
4681 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4682 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4683 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4684 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4685 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4686 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4687 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4688 you start the PLL.
4689
4690 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4691
4692 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4693 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4694 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4695
4696 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4697 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4698 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4699 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4700 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4701 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4702 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4703
4704 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4705 @example
4706 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4707 @end example
4708
4709 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4710 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4711 @code{flash banks} command.
4712
4713 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4714 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4715 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4716 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4717 a known signature.
4718 Example:
4719 @example
4720 lpc2900 signature 0
4721 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4722 @end example
4723 @end deffn
4724
4725 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4726 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4727 saves it to a file in binary format.
4728 Example:
4729 @example
4730 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4731 @end example
4732 @end deffn
4733
4734 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4735 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4736 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4737 command:
4738
4739 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4740 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4741 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4742 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4743
4744 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4745 Example:
4746 @example
4747 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4748 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4749 @end example
4750 @end deffn
4751
4752 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4753 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4754 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4755 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4756 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4757 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4758 912 bytes.
4759 @quotation Attention
4760 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4761 @end quotation
4762 Example:
4763 @example
4764 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4765 @end example
4766 @end deffn
4767
4768 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4769 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4770 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4771 after the next power cycle.
4772 @quotation Attention
4773 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4774 @end quotation
4775 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4776 Example:
4777 @example
4778 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4779 flash info 0
4780 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4781 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4782 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4783 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4784 @end example
4785 @end deffn
4786
4787 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4788 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4789 effective after the next power cycle.
4790 @quotation Attention
4791 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4792 @end quotation
4793 Examples:
4794 @example
4795 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4796 @end example
4797 @end deffn
4798 @end deffn
4799
4800 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4801 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4802
4803 @example
4804 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4805 @end example
4806 @end deffn
4807
4808 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4809 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4810 and integrate flash memory.
4811
4812 @example
4813 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4814 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4815 @end example
4816
4817 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4818 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4819 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4820 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4821 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4822 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4823 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4824 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4825 @end deffn
4826 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4827 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4828 This will remove any Code Protection.
4829 @end deffn
4830 @end deffn
4831
4832 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4833 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4834 Texas Instruments
4835 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4836 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4837 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4838 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4839 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4840 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4841
4842 @example
4843 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4844 @end example
4845 @end deffn
4846
4847 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4848 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4849 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4850 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4851 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4852 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4853
4854 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4855 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4856 @quotation Warning
4857 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4858 applied to all of them.
4859 @end quotation
4860 @end deffn
4861
4862 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
4863 All members of the STM32f1x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4864 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4865 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4866 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4867
4868 @example
4869 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4870 @end example
4871
4872 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
4873 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
4874 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4875 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4876 are defined:
4877
4878 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
4879 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4880 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4881 @end deffn
4882
4883 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
4884 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4885 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4886 @end deffn
4887
4888 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
4889 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4890 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
4891 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4892 @end deffn
4893
4894 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4895 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4896 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4897 @end deffn
4898 @end deffn
4899
4900 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
4901 All members of the STM32f2x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4902 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4903 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4904 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4905 @end deffn
4906
4907 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4908 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4909 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4910 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4911 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4912
4913 @example
4914 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4915 @end example
4916
4917 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4918 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4919 for the specified flash bank.
4920 @end deffn
4921 @end deffn
4922
4923 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4924 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4925 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4926 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4927 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4928
4929 @example
4930 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4931 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4932 @end example
4933
4934 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4935 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4936 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4937
4938 @itemize @bullet
4939 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4940 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4941 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4942 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4943 @end itemize
4944 @end deffn
4945
4946 @end deffn
4947
4948 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4949 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4950 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4951 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4952
4953 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4954
4955 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4956 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4957 @end deffn
4958
4959 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4960 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4961 @end deffn
4962
4963 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4964 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4965 the flash clock.
4966 @end deffn
4967 @end deffn
4968
4969 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4970 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4971 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4972
4973 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4974
4975 @itemize
4976 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4977 @end itemize
4978
4979 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4980 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4981 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4982 @example
4983 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4984 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4985 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4986 @end example
4987 @end deffn
4988
4989 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
4990 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
4991 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4992 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
4993 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
4994 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
4995 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
4996
4997 @example
4998 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4999 @end example
5000 @end deffn
5001
5002 @subsection str9xpec driver
5003 @cindex str9xpec
5004
5005 Here is some background info to help
5006 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5007 the str9:
5008 @enumerate
5009 @item
5010 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5011 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5012 @item
5013 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5014 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5015 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5016 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5017 @end enumerate
5018
5019 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5020 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5021 configured for flash bank 0.
5022 @example
5023 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5024 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5025 jtag_reset 0 1
5026 # turn off target polling
5027 poll off
5028 # disable str9 core
5029 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5030 # read option bytes
5031 str9xpec options_read 0
5032 # re-enable str9 core
5033 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5034 poll on
5035 reset halt
5036 @end example
5037 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5038 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5039 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5040 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5041
5042 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5043 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5044 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5045 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5046 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5047
5048 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5049
5050 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5051 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5052 @end deffn
5053
5054 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5055 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5056 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5057 @end deffn
5058
5059 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5060 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5061 erase the device.
5062 @end deffn
5063
5064 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5065 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5066 @end deffn
5067
5068 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5069 Configure str9 boot bank.
5070 @end deffn
5071
5072 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5073 Configure str9 lvd source.
5074 @end deffn
5075
5076 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5077 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5078 @end deffn
5079
5080 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5081 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5082 @end deffn
5083
5084 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5085 Read str9 option bytes.
5086 @end deffn
5087
5088 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5089 Write str9 option bytes.
5090 @end deffn
5091
5092 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5093 unlock str9 device.
5094 @end deffn
5095
5096 @end deffn
5097
5098
5099 @section mFlash
5100
5101 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5102 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5103
5104 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5105 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5106 address @var{base}.
5107 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5108 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5109
5110 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5111
5112 @example
5113 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5114 @end example
5115
5116 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5117
5118 @example
5119 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5120 @end example
5121 @end deffn
5122
5123 @subsection mFlash commands
5124 @cindex mFlash commands
5125
5126 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5127 Configure mflash PLL.
5128 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5129 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5130 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5131 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5132 @end deffn
5133
5134 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5135 Configure bootable option.
5136 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5137 (4kB) for boot.
5138 @end deffn
5139
5140 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5141 Configure storage information.
5142 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5143 written.
5144 @end deffn
5145
5146 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5147 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5148 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5149 @end deffn
5150
5151 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5152 Probe mflash.
5153 @end deffn
5154
5155 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5156 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5157 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5158 @end deffn
5159
5160 @node NAND Flash Commands
5161 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5162 @cindex NAND
5163
5164 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5165 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5166 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5167
5168 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5169 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5170 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5171 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5172 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5173 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5174
5175 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5176 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5177 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5178 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5179 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5180 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5181 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5182 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5183 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5184 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5185
5186 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5187 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5188 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5189 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5190 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5191 every 512 bytes of data.
5192
5193 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5194 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5195 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5196 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5197 ECC mode is used.
5198
5199 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5200 @enumerate
5201 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5202 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5203 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5204 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5205 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5206 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5207 to access that device.
5208 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5209 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5210 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5211 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5212 de-brick a board.
5213 @end enumerate
5214
5215 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5216 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5217 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5218 are only 32 bits wide.
5219 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5220 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5221 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5222 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5223
5224 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5225 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5226 @cindex NAND configuration
5227
5228 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5229 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5230 OpenOCD has initialized.
5231
5232 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5233 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5234 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5235 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5236 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5237 they were a single (larger) device.
5238 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5239 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5240
5241 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5242 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5243 configuration files, not interactively.
5244
5245 @itemize @bullet
5246 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5247 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5248 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5249 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5250 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5251 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5252 commands to the NAND controller.
5253 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5254 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5255 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5256 for more information.
5257 @end itemize
5258 @end deffn
5259
5260 @deffn Command {nand list}
5261 Prints a summary of each device declared
5262 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5263 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5264 @example
5265 > nand list
5266 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5267 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5268 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5269 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5270 >
5271 @end example
5272 @end deffn
5273
5274 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5275 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5276 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5277 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5278 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5279 it with most other NAND commands.
5280 @end deffn
5281
5282 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5283
5284 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5285 @cindex NAND reading
5286 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5287 starting at the specified offset.
5288 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5289
5290 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5291 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5292
5293 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5294 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5295 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5296
5297 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5298 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5299 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5300 method which handled that error correction.
5301
5302 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5303 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5304 @itemize @bullet
5305 @item no oob_* parameter
5306 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5307 @item @code{oob_raw}
5308 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5309 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5310 spare areas associated with each data page.
5311 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5312 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5313 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5314 @item @code{oob_only}
5315 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5316 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5317 spare areas associated with each data page.
5318 @end itemize
5319 @end deffn
5320
5321 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5322 @cindex NAND erasing
5323 @cindex NAND programming
5324 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5325 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5326 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5327 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5328 If those parameters are not specified,
5329 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5330 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5331
5332 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5333 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5334 block marker.
5335 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5336 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5337 @end deffn
5338
5339 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5340 @cindex NAND writing
5341 @cindex NAND programming
5342 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5343 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5344 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5345 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5346
5347 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5348 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5349
5350 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5351 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5352 past the end of the device.
5353 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5354 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5355 if that's being written.)
5356
5357 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5358 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5359 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5360
5361 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5362 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5363 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5364 @itemize @bullet
5365 @item no oob_* parameter
5366 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5367 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5368 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5369 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5370 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5371 @item @code{oob_only}
5372 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5373 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5374 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5375 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5376 @item @code{oob_raw}
5377 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5378 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5379 un-altered OOB.
5380 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5381 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5382 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5383 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5384 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5385 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5386 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5387 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5388 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5389 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5390 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5391 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5392 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5393 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5394 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5395 @end itemize
5396 @end deffn
5397
5398 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5399 @cindex NAND verification
5400 @cindex NAND programming
5401 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5402 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5403 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5404
5405 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5406 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5407
5408 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5409 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5410 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5411 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5412 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5413
5414 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5415 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5416 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5417
5418 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5419 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5420 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5421 be removed in a future release.
5422 @end deffn
5423
5424 @section Other NAND commands
5425 @cindex NAND other commands
5426
5427 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5428 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5429 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5430 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5431 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5432 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5433 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5434 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5435
5436 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5437 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5438 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5439 @end deffn
5440
5441 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5442 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5443 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5444 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5445 status for each block.
5446 @end deffn
5447
5448 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5449 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5450 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5451
5452 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5453 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5454 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5455 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5456 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5457
5458 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5459 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5460 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5461 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5462 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5463 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5464 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5465 @end deffn
5466
5467 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5468 @section NAND Driver List
5469 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5470 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5471 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5472
5473 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5474 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5475 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5476 address of the ECC controller.
5477 @example
5478 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5479 @end example
5480 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5481 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5482 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5483 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5484 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5485 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5486 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5487 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5488 @end deffn
5489 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5490 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5491 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5492 @end deffn
5493
5494 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5495 properly configured for input or output.
5496 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5497 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5498 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5499 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5500 @end deffn
5501 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5502 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5503 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5504 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5505 @end deffn
5506 @end deffn
5507
5508 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5509 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5510 chips from Texas Instruments.
5511 It takes three extra parameters:
5512 address of the NAND chip;
5513 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5514 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5515 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5516 @example
5517 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5518 @end example
5519 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5520 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5521 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5522 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5523 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5524 @end deffn
5525
5526 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5527 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5528 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5529 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5530 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5531 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5532 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5533 @end deffn
5534
5535 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5536 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5537 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5538 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5539 @end deffn
5540 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5541
5542 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
5543 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
5544 should work for this chip aswell.
5545 @end deffn
5546
5547 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
5548 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
5549 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
5550 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
5551 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
5552 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
5553 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
5554 @example
5555 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
5556 @end example
5557 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
5558 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
5559 without parameter query status.
5560 @end deffn
5561 @end deffn
5562
5563 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5564 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5565 parameter: the address of the controller.
5566 @example
5567 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5568 @end example
5569 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5570 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5571 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5572 change any behavior.
5573 @end deffn
5574
5575 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5576 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5577 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5578 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5579 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5580 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5581 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5582 specialized commands.
5583 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5584 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5585 change any behavior.
5586 @end deffn
5587
5588 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5589 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5590 @cindex PLD
5591 @cindex FPGA
5592
5593 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5594 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5595 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5596 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5597 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5598 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5599 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5600
5601 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5602
5603 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5604 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5605 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5606
5607 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5608 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5609
5610 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5611 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5612 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5613 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5614 behavior.
5615 @end deffn
5616
5617 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5618 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5619 @end deffn
5620
5621 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5622 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5623 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5624 @end deffn
5625
5626 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5627
5628 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5629 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5630 that particular type of PLD.
5631
5632 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5633 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5634 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5635 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5636 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5637
5638 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5639 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5640 for FPGA @var{num}.
5641 @end deffn
5642 @end deffn
5643
5644 @node General Commands
5645 @chapter General Commands
5646 @cindex commands
5647
5648 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5649 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5650 commands are documented elsewhere.
5651
5652 Intent:
5653 @itemize @bullet
5654 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5655 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5656 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5657 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5658
5659 @item @b{From the human}
5660 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5661 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5662
5663 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5664 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5665 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5666
5667 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5668 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5669 port is 5555.
5670 @end itemize
5671
5672
5673 @section Daemon Commands
5674
5675 @deffn {Command} exit
5676 Exits the current telnet session.
5677 @end deffn
5678
5679 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5680 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5681 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5682 Not every command provides helptext.
5683
5684 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5685 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5686 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5687 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5688 @end deffn
5689
5690 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5691 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5692 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5693 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5694 Useful in connection with script files
5695 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5696 @end deffn
5697
5698 @deffn Command shutdown
5699 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5700 @end deffn
5701
5702 @anchor{debug_level}
5703 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5704 @cindex message level
5705 Display debug level.
5706 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5707 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5708 Level 0 is error messages only;
5709 level 1 adds warnings;
5710 level 2 adds informational messages;
5711 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5712 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5713 the command line along with the location of that log
5714 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5715 @xref{Running}.
5716 @end deffn
5717
5718 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5719 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5720 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5721 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5722 @example
5723 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5724 @end example
5725 @end deffn
5726
5727 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5728 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5729 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5730 @end deffn
5731
5732 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5733 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5734 @end deffn
5735
5736 @anchor{Target State handling}
5737 @section Target State handling
5738 @cindex reset
5739 @cindex halt
5740 @cindex target initialization
5741
5742 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5743 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5744 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5745 a current target which is used to perform the
5746 various operations. The current target may be changed
5747 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5748 target which should become current.
5749
5750 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5751 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5752 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5753 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5754 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5755
5756 @emph{With no arguments}:
5757 list all available registers for the current target,
5758 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5759 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5760 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5761 are flagged as such.
5762
5763 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5764
5765 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5766 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5767 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5768 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5769 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5770 relevant module will flush such values.
5771
5772 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5773 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5774
5775 @example
5776 > reg
5777 ===== ARM registers
5778 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5779 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5780 (2) r2 (/32)
5781 ...
5782 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5783 >
5784 @end example
5785 @end deffn
5786
5787 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5788 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5789 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5790 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5791 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5792 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5793 (and enter debug mode).
5794 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5795
5796 @quotation Warning
5797 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5798 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5799 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5800 power mode by gating the core clock;
5801 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5802
5803 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5804 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5805 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5806 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5807 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5808 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5809
5810 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5811 work with a JTAG debugger.
5812 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5813 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5814 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5815 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5816 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5817 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5818 @end quotation
5819
5820 @end deffn
5821
5822 @deffn Command resume [address]
5823 Resume the target at its current code position,
5824 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5825 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5826 @end deffn
5827
5828 @deffn Command step [address]
5829 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5830 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5831 @end deffn
5832
5833 @anchor{Reset Command}
5834 @deffn Command reset
5835 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5836 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5837 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5838 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5839 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5840 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5841
5842 The optional parameter specifies what should
5843 happen after the reset.
5844 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5845 The other options will not work on all systems.
5846 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5847
5848 @itemize @minus
5849 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5850 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5851 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5852 @end itemize
5853 @end deffn
5854
5855 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5856 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5857 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5858 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5859 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5860 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5861 state.
5862 @end deffn
5863
5864 @section I/O Utilities
5865
5866 These commands are available when
5867 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5868 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5869 notably the ZY1000.
5870 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5871
5872 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5873
5874 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5875 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5876 the text file @file{filename}.
5877 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5878 The last string is followed by a newline.
5879 @end deffn
5880
5881 @deffn Command cat filename
5882 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5883 @end deffn
5884
5885 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5886 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5887 into @file{dest_filename}.
5888 @end deffn
5889
5890 @deffn Command ip
5891 @emph{No description provided.}
5892 @end deffn
5893
5894 @deffn Command ls
5895 @emph{No description provided.}
5896 @end deffn
5897
5898 @deffn Command mac
5899 @emph{No description provided.}
5900 @end deffn
5901
5902 @deffn Command meminfo
5903 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5904 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5905 @end deffn
5906
5907 @deffn Command peek
5908 @emph{No description provided.}
5909 @end deffn
5910
5911 @deffn Command poke
5912 @emph{No description provided.}
5913 @end deffn
5914
5915 @deffn Command rm filename
5916 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5917 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5918 @end deffn
5919
5920 @deffn Command trunc filename
5921 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5922 @end deffn
5923
5924 @anchor{Memory access}
5925 @section Memory access commands
5926 @cindex memory access
5927
5928 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5929 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5930 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5931 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5932
5933 @enumerate
5934 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5935 to change the current target.
5936 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5937 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5938 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5939 @end enumerate
5940
5941 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5942 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5943 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5944 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5945 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5946 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5947 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5948 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5949 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5950 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5951 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5952 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5953 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5954 @end deffn
5955
5956 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5957 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5958 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5959 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5960 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5961 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5962 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5963 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5964 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5965 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5966 @end deffn
5967
5968
5969 @anchor{Image access}
5970 @section Image loading commands
5971 @cindex image loading
5972 @cindex image dumping
5973
5974 @anchor{dump_image}
5975 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5976 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5977 binary file named @var{filename}.
5978 @end deffn
5979
5980 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5981 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5982 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5983 @end deffn
5984
5985 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
5986 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5987 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5988 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5989 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5990 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5991 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5992 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5993 separately.
5994 @end deffn
5995
5996 @anchor{load_image}
5997 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5998 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5999 The file format may optionally be specified
6000 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6001 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6002 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6003 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6004 @example
6005 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6006 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6007 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6008 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6009 @}
6010 @end example
6011 @end deffn
6012
6013 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6014 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6015 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6016 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6017 The file format may optionally be specified
6018 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6019 @end deffn
6020
6021 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6022 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6023 The file format may optionally be specified
6024 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6025 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6026 @end deffn
6027
6028
6029 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6030 @cindex breakpoint
6031 @cindex watchpoint
6032
6033 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6034 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6035 watchpoints.
6036 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6037
6038 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6039 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6040 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6041 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6042 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6043 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6044
6045 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
6046 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6047 @end deffn
6048
6049 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6050 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6051 @end deffn
6052
6053 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6054 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6055 @end deffn
6056
6057 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6058 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6059 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6060 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6061 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6062 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6063 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6064 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6065 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6066 @end deffn
6067
6068 @section Misc Commands
6069
6070 @cindex profiling
6071 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6072 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6073 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6074 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6075 @end deffn
6076
6077 @deffn Command {version}
6078 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6079 @end deffn
6080
6081 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6082 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6083 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6084 @end deffn
6085
6086 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6087 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6088 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6089 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6090
6091 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6092 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6093 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6094 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6095
6096 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
6097 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6098 @cindex tracing
6099 @cindex ETM
6100 @cindex ETB
6101
6102 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6103 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6104 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6105
6106 @itemize
6107 @item
6108 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6109 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6110 supports such an interface.
6111 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6112 and trace port support.)
6113 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6114 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6115 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6116 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6117 in the board-specific configuration file.
6118 @item
6119 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6120 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6121 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6122 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6123 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6124 @end itemize
6125
6126 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6127
6128 @quotation Issues
6129 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6130 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6131
6132 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6133 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6134 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6135 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6136 dummy trace port driver}.
6137
6138 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6139 as well as tracing only during specific states
6140 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6141
6142 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6143 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6144 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6145 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6146 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6147
6148 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6149 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6150 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6151 this original style of JTAG access.
6152 @end quotation
6153
6154 @subsection ETM Configuration
6155 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6156
6157 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6158 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6159 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6160
6161 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6162 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6163 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6164 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6165 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6166 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6167 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6168 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6169 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6170
6171 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6172 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6173 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6174
6175 @quotation Warning
6176 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6177 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6178 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6179 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6180 @end quotation
6181
6182 @quotation Note
6183 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6184 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6185 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6186 what CPU activities are traced.
6187 @end quotation
6188 @end deffn
6189
6190 @deffn Command {etm info}
6191 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6192 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6193 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6194 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6195 @end deffn
6196
6197 @deffn Command {etm status}
6198 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6199 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6200 Did trace data overflow?
6201 Was it triggered?
6202 @end deffn
6203
6204 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6205 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6206 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6207 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6208 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6209
6210 @itemize
6211 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6212 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6213 The value is one of
6214 @option{none} (save nothing),
6215 @option{data} (save data),
6216 @option{address} (save addresses),
6217 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6218 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6219 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6220 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6221 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6222 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6223 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6224 trace stream without an image of the code.
6225 @end itemize
6226 @end deffn
6227
6228 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6229 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6230 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6231 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6232 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6233
6234 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6235 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6236 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6237 @end deffn
6238
6239 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6240
6241 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6242 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6243 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6244
6245 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6246 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6247 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6248 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6249 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6250 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6251 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6252
6253 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6254
6255 @itemize
6256 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6257 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6258 for instruction access within that function's body.
6259 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6260 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6261 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6262 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6263 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6264 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6265 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6266 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6267 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6268 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6269 @item @emph{... more}
6270 @end itemize
6271
6272 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6273 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6274
6275 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6276 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6277 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6278 @end deffn
6279
6280 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6281 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6282 @end deffn
6283
6284 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6285 Opens an image file.
6286 @end deffn
6287
6288 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6289 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6290 @end deffn
6291
6292 @deffn Command {etm start}
6293 Starts trace data collection.
6294 @end deffn
6295
6296 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6297 Stops trace data collection.
6298 @end deffn
6299
6300 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6301 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6302
6303 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6304
6305 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6306 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6307 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6308 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6309 any trace data collection.}
6310 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6311 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6312 @end deffn
6313 @end deffn
6314
6315 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6316 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6317 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6318 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6319 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6320 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6321 @end deffn
6322 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6323 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6324 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6325 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6326 trace trigger becomes active.
6327
6328 @itemize
6329 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6330 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6331 afterwards.
6332 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6333 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6334 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6335 what caused that event to happen.
6336 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6337 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6338 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6339 how the event caused trouble.
6340 @end itemize
6341 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6342 @end deffn
6343
6344 @end deffn
6345
6346 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6347 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6348 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6349 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6350 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6351
6352 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6353 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6354
6355 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6356 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6357 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6358 @end deffn
6359
6360 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6361 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6362 @end deffn
6363
6364 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6365 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6366 @end deffn
6367 @end deffn
6368
6369
6370 @section Generic ARM
6371 @cindex ARM
6372
6373 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6374 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6375 commands that may be available.
6376
6377 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6378 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6379 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6380 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6381 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6382 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6383 @end deffn
6384
6385 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6386 @cindex disassemble
6387 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6388 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6389 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6390 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6391 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6392 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6393 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6394
6395 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6396 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6397 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6398 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6399 with a handful of exceptions.
6400 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6401 @end deffn
6402
6403 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6404 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6405 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6406 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6407 and using the MCR instruction.
6408 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6409 an ARM register.)
6410 @end deffn
6411
6412 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6413 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6414 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6415 and the MRC instruction.
6416 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6417 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6418 an ARM register.)
6419 @end deffn
6420
6421 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6422 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6423 core mode if necessary.
6424 @end deffn
6425
6426 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6427 @cindex ARM semihosting
6428 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6429
6430 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6431 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6432 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6433 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6434 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6435 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6436 @end deffn
6437
6438 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6439 @cindex ARMv4
6440 @cindex ARMv5
6441
6442 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6443 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6444 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6445 variant.
6446
6447 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6448 @cindex ARM7
6449 @cindex ARM9
6450
6451 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6452 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6453 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6454 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6455
6456 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6457 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6458 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6459 instead of breakpoints.
6460 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6461
6462 This should be
6463 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6464 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6465 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6466 @end deffn
6467
6468 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6469 @cindex DCC
6470 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6471 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6472 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6473
6474 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6475 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6476 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6477 @end deffn
6478
6479 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6480 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6481 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6482 that don't check completion of the operation.
6483 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6484
6485 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6486 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6487 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6488 @end deffn
6489
6490 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6491 @cindex ARM720T
6492
6493 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6494 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6495 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6496 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6497
6498 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6499 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6500 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6501
6502 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6503 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6504 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6505 @end deffn
6506
6507 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6508 @cindex ARM9
6509
6510 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6511 integer processors.
6512 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6513
6514 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6515 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6516 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6517 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6518
6519 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6520 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6521 @cindex vector_catch
6522 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6523 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6524 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6525 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6526 to those hardware vectors.
6527
6528 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6529 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6530 vector catch hardware to intercept
6531 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6532 @option{none} of them,
6533 or a list with one or more of the following:
6534 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6535 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6536 @end deffn
6537
6538 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6539 @cindex ARM920T
6540
6541 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6542 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6543 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6544 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6545 and ARM9 commands.
6546
6547 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6548 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6549 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6550 @end deffn
6551
6552 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6553 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6554 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6555 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6556 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6557 (Not all registers can be written.)
6558 @end deffn
6559
6560 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6561 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6562 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6563
6564 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6565 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6566 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6567 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6568 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6569 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6570 @end deffn
6571
6572 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6573 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6574 @end deffn
6575
6576 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6577 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6578 @end deffn
6579
6580 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6581 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6582
6583 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6584 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6585 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6586 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6587 and ARM9 commands.
6588
6589 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6590 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6591
6592 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6593 Print information about the caches found.
6594 @end deffn
6595
6596 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6597 @cindex ARM966E
6598
6599 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6600 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6601 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6602 and ARM9 commands.
6603
6604 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6605 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6606 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6607 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6608 ARM966E-S TRM.
6609 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6610 as required for BIST support.
6611 @end deffn
6612
6613 @subsection XScale specific commands
6614 @cindex XScale
6615
6616 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6617
6618 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6619 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6620 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6621 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6622 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6623 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6624 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6625
6626 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6627 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6628 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6629 the mini-IC.
6630
6631 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6632 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6633 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6634 code layout in memory:
6635 @example
6636 _vectors:
6637 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6638 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6639 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6640 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6641 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6642 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6643 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6644 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6645 .org 0x100
6646 .long real_reset_vector
6647 .long real_ui_handler
6648 .long real_swi_handler
6649 .long real_pf_abort
6650 .long real_data_abort
6651 .long 0 /* unused */
6652 .long real_irq_handler
6653 .long real_fiq_handler
6654 @end example
6655
6656 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6657 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6658 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6659 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6660 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6661 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6662 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6663 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6664 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6665 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6666 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6667 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6668 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6669 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6670 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6671 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6672 software.
6673
6674 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6675 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6676 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6677 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6678
6679 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6680 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6681 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6682 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6683 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6684 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6685 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6686 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6687 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6688
6689 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6690 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6691
6692 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6693 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6694 @end deffn
6695
6696 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6697 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6698 @end deffn
6699
6700 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6701 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6702 @end deffn
6703
6704 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6705 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6706 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6707 @end deffn
6708
6709 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6710 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6711 @end deffn
6712
6713 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6714 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6715 @end deffn
6716
6717 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6718 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6719 @end deffn
6720
6721 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6722 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6723 @end deffn
6724
6725 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6726 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6727 @end deffn
6728
6729 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6730 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6731 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6732 and modifying how it is emptied.
6733 @end deffn
6734
6735 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6736 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6737 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6738 The image @var{type} may be one of
6739 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6740 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6741 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6742 @end deffn
6743
6744 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6745 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6746 @cindex vector_catch
6747 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6748 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6749
6750 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6751 @example
6752 0x01 Trap Reset
6753 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6754 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6755 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6756 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6757 0x20 reserved
6758 0x40 Trap IRQ
6759 0x80 Trap FIQ
6760 @end example
6761 @end deffn
6762
6763 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6764 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6765 @cindex vector_table
6766
6767 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6768 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6769 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6770 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6771 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6772
6773 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6774
6775 @end deffn
6776
6777 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6778 @cindex ARMv6
6779
6780 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6781 @cindex ARM11
6782
6783 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6784 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6785 which is enabled by default.
6786 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6787 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6788 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6789 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6790 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6791 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6792 @end deffn
6793
6794 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6795 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6796 which is enabled by default.
6797 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6798 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6799 @end deffn
6800
6801 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6802 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6803 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6804 they are disabled by default.
6805 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6806 @end deffn
6807
6808 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6809 @cindex vector_catch
6810 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6811 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6812 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6813
6814 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6815 for certain hardware events.
6816 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6817 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6818 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6819 @end deffn
6820
6821 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6822 @cindex ARMv7
6823
6824 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6825 @cindex Debug Access Port
6826 @cindex DAP
6827 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6828 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6829 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6830
6831 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6832 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6833 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6834 @end deffn
6835
6836 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6837 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6838 @end deffn
6839
6840 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6841 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6842 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6843 @end deffn
6844
6845 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6846 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6847 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6848 @end deffn
6849
6850 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6851 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6852 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6853 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6854 @end deffn
6855
6856 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6857 @cindex Cortex-M3
6858
6859 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
6860 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6861
6862 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
6863 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
6864 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
6865 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
6866 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
6867 the step command leaves with the core running.
6868
6869 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
6870 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
6871 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
6872
6873 Default is @option{auto}.
6874 @end deffn
6875
6876 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6877 @cindex vector_catch
6878 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6879 for certain hardware events.
6880
6881 Parameters request interception of
6882 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6883 @option{none} of them,
6884 or one or more of the following:
6885 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6886 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6887 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6888 @option{irq_err},
6889 @option{state_err},
6890 @option{chk_err}, or
6891 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6892 @option{reset}.
6893 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6894 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6895 are mapped to HardFault.
6896 UsageFault checks for
6897 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6898 must also be explicitly enabled.
6899
6900 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6901 @end deffn
6902
6903 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6904 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6905 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6906 @itemize @minus
6907 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6908 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6909 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6910 @end itemize
6911 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6912 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6913 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6914 the peripherals.
6915 @xref{Target Events}.
6916 @end deffn
6917
6918 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6919 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6920 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6921 @cindex tracing
6922 @cindex libdcc
6923 @cindex DCC
6924 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6925 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6926 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6927 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6928
6929 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6930 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6931 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6932 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6933 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6934 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6935
6936 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6937 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6938 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6939 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6940 The target being debugged may
6941 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6942 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6943 each supported by a command:
6944
6945 @itemize
6946 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6947 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6948 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6949 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6950
6951 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6952 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6953 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6954
6955 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6956 and then displayed at any time.
6957 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6958
6959 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6960 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6961 @end itemize
6962
6963 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6964 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6965 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6966 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6967 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6968 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6969 does the same thing.
6970
6971 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6972 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6973 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6974 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6975 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6976
6977 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6978 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6979 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6980 @end deffn
6981
6982 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6983 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6984 in the order they triggered.
6985 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6986 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6987 history records.
6988 @end deffn
6989
6990 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6991 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6992 they have been triggered.
6993 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6994 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6995 and associates it with that identifier.
6996
6997 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6998 are not related except by this command.
6999 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7000 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7001 @end deffn
7002
7003
7004 @node JTAG Commands
7005 @chapter JTAG Commands
7006 @cindex JTAG Commands
7007 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7008 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7009 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7010 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7011 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7012
7013 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7014 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7015
7016 @itemize @bullet
7017 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7018 devices such as a CPUs.
7019 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7020 standard state machine (in parallel)
7021 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7022 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7023 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7024 while the reading previous ones.
7025 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7026 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7027 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7028 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7029 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7030 registers.
7031 @end itemize
7032
7033 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7034
7035 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7036 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7037 the order of TAP state transitions.
7038 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7039 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7040 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7041 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7042 these commands are not available.
7043
7044 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7045 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7046 that specify the entire register.
7047 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7048 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7049 The return value holds the original value of each
7050 of those fields.
7051
7052 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7053 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7054 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7055 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7056 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7057
7058 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7059 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7060
7061 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7062 in that state.
7063 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7064 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7065 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7066
7067 @quotation Warning
7068 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7069 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7070 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7071 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7072 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7073 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7074 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7075 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7076 @end quotation
7077 @end deffn
7078
7079 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7080 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7081 This may be used for performance tuning.
7082
7083 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7084 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7085 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7086 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7087 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7088 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7089 @end deffn
7090
7091 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7092 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7093 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7094 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7095 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7096 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7097
7098 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7099 in that state.
7100 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7101 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7102 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7103
7104 @quotation Note
7105 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7106 register values, unlike data register values.
7107 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7108 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7109 @end quotation
7110 @end deffn
7111
7112 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7113 Set values of reset signals.
7114 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7115 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7116 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7117 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7118 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7119 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7120 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7121
7122 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7123 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7124 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7125 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7126 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7127 instead of the TRST signal.
7128 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7129 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7130 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7131 with handlers for that event.
7132 @end deffn
7133
7134 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7135 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7136 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7137 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7138 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7139 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7140 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7141 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7142 The final state must also be stable.
7143 @end deffn
7144
7145 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7146 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7147 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7148 Instructions often need some time
7149 to execute before they take effect.
7150 @end deffn
7151
7152 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7153 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7154
7155 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7156 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7157 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7158 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7159 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7160 @end deffn
7161
7162 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7163 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7164 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7165 must also be enabled.
7166 Default is enabled.
7167 @end deffn
7168
7169 @section TAP state names
7170 @cindex TAP state names
7171
7172 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7173 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7174 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7175 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7176
7177 @itemize @bullet
7178 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7179 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7180 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7181 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7182 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7183 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7184 through the data register
7185 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7186 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7187 for update or more shifting
7188 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7189 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7190 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7191 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7192 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7193 through the instruction register
7194 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7195 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7196 for update or more shifting
7197 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7198 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7199 @end itemize
7200
7201 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7202 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7203 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7204 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7205
7206 @itemize @bullet
7207 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7208 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7209 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7210 may not be as expected.
7211 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7212 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7213 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7214 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7215 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7216 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7217 @end itemize
7218
7219 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7220 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7221
7222 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7223 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7224 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7225 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7226
7227 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7228 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7229 @cindex SVF
7230
7231 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7232 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7233 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7234 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7235
7236 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7237 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7238 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7239 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7240 each command is logged before it is executed.
7241 @end deffn
7242
7243 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7244 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7245 @cindex XSVF
7246
7247 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7248 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7249 Xilinx devices.
7250 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7251 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7252
7253 @quotation Important
7254 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7255 @end quotation
7256
7257 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7258 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7259 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7260 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7261 that TAP.
7262 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7263 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7264 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7265 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7266 @end deffn
7267
7268 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7269 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7270 after building the software.
7271 You may find them useful:
7272
7273 @itemize
7274 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7275 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7276 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7277 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7278 @end itemize
7279
7280 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7281 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7282 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7283 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7284 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7285 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7286 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7287
7288
7289 @node TFTP
7290 @chapter TFTP
7291 @cindex TFTP
7292 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7293 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7294
7295 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7296 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7297 server (tftpd). For example,
7298
7299 @example
7300 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7301 @end example
7302
7303 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7304 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7305
7306 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7307 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7308 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7309 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7310
7311 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7312 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7313 @cindex GDB
7314 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7315 to debug remote targets.
7316 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7317
7318 @itemize
7319 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7320 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7321 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7322 as shown in this chapter.
7323 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7324 that also will probably need to be configured.
7325 @end itemize
7326
7327 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7328 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7329 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7330 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7331 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7332 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7333
7334 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7335 @section Connecting to GDB
7336 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7337 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7338 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7339 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7340 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7341
7342 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7343
7344 @enumerate
7345 @item
7346 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7347 @example
7348 target remote localhost:3333
7349 @end example
7350 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7351 @item
7352 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7353 @example
7354 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7355 @end example
7356 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7357 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7358 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7359 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7360 @end enumerate
7361
7362 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7363 GDB command line.
7364
7365 @section Sample GDB session startup
7366
7367 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7368 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7369 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7370 small ARM program.
7371 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7372 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7373
7374 @example
7375 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7376 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7377 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7378 ...
7379 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7380 ...
7381 (gdb) load
7382 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7383 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7384 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7385 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7386 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7387 (gdb) continue
7388 Continuing.
7389 ...
7390 @end example
7391
7392 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7393 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7394 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7395 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7396
7397 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7398
7399 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7400 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7401 packet size and the device's memory map.
7402 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7403 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7404 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7405
7406 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7407 You may need to set those up by hand.
7408 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7409 something like:
7410
7411 @example
7412 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7413 @end example
7414
7415 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7416
7417 @example
7418 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7419 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7420 @end example
7421
7422 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7423 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7424 do not have such restrictions.
7425
7426 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7427 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7428 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7429
7430 @example
7431 define hook-step
7432 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7433 end
7434 define hookpost-step
7435 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7436 end
7437 @end example
7438
7439 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7440 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7441 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7442 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7443
7444 @section Programming using GDB
7445 @cindex Programming using GDB
7446
7447 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7448 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7449 @example
7450 gdb_memory_map disable
7451 @end example
7452 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7453 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7454 working area.
7455
7456 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7457 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7458 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7459 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7460
7461 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7462 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7463
7464 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7465 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7466 @example
7467 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7468 @end example
7469
7470 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7471 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7472
7473 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7474 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7475 will be used.
7476
7477 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7478 script can be executed:
7479 @example
7480 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7481 @end example
7482
7483 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7484 can be used.
7485 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7486 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7487 @cindex SMP
7488 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7489 @itemize @bullet
7490 @item j - smp status request
7491 @item J - smp set request
7492 @end itemize
7493
7494 OpenOCD implements :
7495 @itemize @bullet
7496 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7497 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7498 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7499 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7500 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7501 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7502 @end itemize
7503
7504 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7505 @itemize @bullet
7506 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7507 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7508 @example
7509 set $_core 1
7510 #Jc01 packet is sent
7511 print $_core
7512 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7513 @end example
7514
7515 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7516 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7517
7518 @example
7519 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7520 define toggle0
7521 maint packet Jc0
7522 continue
7523 main packet Jc-1
7524 end
7525 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
7526 define toggle1
7527 maint packet Jc1
7528 continue
7529 main packet Jc-1
7530 end
7531 @end example
7532 @end itemize
7533
7534
7535 @node Tcl Scripting API
7536 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7537 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7538 @cindex Tcl scripts
7539 @section API rules
7540
7541 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7542 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7543 information as an argument to each proc.
7544
7545 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7546 pair list and lists.
7547
7548 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7549 list.
7550
7551 @verbatim
7552
7553 > set foo(me) Duane
7554 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7555 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7556 > set foo(duck) Donald
7557
7558 If one does this:
7559
7560 > set foo
7561
7562 The result is:
7563
7564 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7565
7566 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7567
7568 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7569 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7570 }
7571 @end verbatim
7572
7573 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7574 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7575
7576 @section Internal low-level Commands
7577
7578 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7579
7580 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7581 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7582 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7583
7584 @itemize @bullet
7585 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7586
7587 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7588 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7589
7590 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7591 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7592
7593 Return information about the flash banks
7594 @end itemize
7595
7596 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7597 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7598 called "flash_banks".
7599
7600 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7601
7602 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7603 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7604 holds one of the following values:
7605
7606 @itemize @bullet
7607 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7608 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7609 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7610 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7611 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7612 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7613 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7614 @end itemize
7615
7616 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7617
7618 @quotation Note
7619 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7620 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7621 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7622 is jim, not real tcl).
7623 @end quotation
7624
7625 @node FAQ
7626 @chapter FAQ
7627 @cindex faq
7628 @enumerate
7629 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7630 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7631 @cindex RTCK
7632 @cindex adaptive clocking
7633 @*
7634
7635 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7636 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7637 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7638 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7639
7640 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7641 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7642 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7643 @enumerate
7644 @item
7645 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7646 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7647 @item
7648 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7649 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7650 @end enumerate
7651
7652 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7653 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7654 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7655 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7656 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7657 power).
7658
7659 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7660 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7661 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7662 ARM926 scenario).
7663 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7664 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7665 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7666
7667 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7668 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7669 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7670 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7671
7672 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7673
7674 In order to make use of this,
7675 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7676 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7677
7678 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7679 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7680 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7681 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7682 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7683
7684 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7685 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7686 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7687 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7688
7689 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7690 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7691 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7692 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7693 with a CPLD.
7694 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7695 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7696 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7697 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7698 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7699 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7700
7701 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7702
7703 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7704
7705 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7706 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7707 depending on the chips on your board.
7708 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7709 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7710 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7711
7712 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7713 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7714 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7715
7716 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7717 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7718 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7719 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7720
7721 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7722 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7723 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7724 this way.
7725
7726 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7727 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7728 clock rate.
7729 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7730 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7731 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7732
7733 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7734
7735 @example
7736 # Example: 1.234MHz
7737 adapter_khz 1234
7738 @end example
7739
7740
7741 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7742
7743 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7744 around Windows filenames.
7745
7746 @example
7747 > echo \a
7748
7749 > echo @{\a@}
7750 \a
7751 > echo "\a"
7752
7753 >
7754 @end example
7755
7756
7757 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7758
7759 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7760 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7761 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7762
7763 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7764 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7765 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7766
7767 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7768 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7769 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7770
7771 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7772
7773 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7774 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7775 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7776 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7777
7778 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7779 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7780 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7781
7782 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7783 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7784
7785 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7786 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7787 memory read caused data abort".
7788
7789 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7790 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7791 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7792 be done, feel free to add this here.
7793
7794 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7795 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7796 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7797 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7798 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7799 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7800 gracefully stops.
7801
7802 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7803 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7804 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7805
7806 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7807 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7808 bytes. Painful...
7809
7810
7811 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7812 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7813
7814 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7815 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7816 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7817 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7818 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7819 reset, everything else should work fine.
7820
7821 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7822 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7823 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7824 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7825
7826 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7827 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7828 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7829 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7830
7831 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7832
7833 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7834 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7835 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7836 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7837
7838 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7839 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7840 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7841 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7842
7843 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7844 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7845 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7846
7847 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7848 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7849
7850 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7851 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7852 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7853 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7854 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7855 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7856 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7857 clock frequency?
7858
7859 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7860 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7861 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7862 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7863 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7864
7865 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7866
7867 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7868 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7869 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7870 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7871 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7872 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7873 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7874
7875 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7876
7877 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7878 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7879 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7880 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7881
7882 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7883 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7884 particular order?
7885
7886 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7887 the same order used by the hardware.
7888
7889 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7890 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7891 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7892 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7893 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7894 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7895
7896 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7897 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7898 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7899 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7900
7901 @itemize @bullet
7902 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7903 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7904 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7905 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7906 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7907 @end itemize
7908
7909 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7910
7911 @itemize @bullet
7912 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7913 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7914 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7915 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7916 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7917 @end itemize
7918
7919
7920 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7921 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7922 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7923
7924 TODO.
7925
7926 @end enumerate
7927
7928 @node Tcl Crash Course
7929 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7930 @cindex Tcl
7931
7932 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7933 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7934 how the Tcl scripts work.
7935
7936 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7937 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
7938 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7939 OpenOCD.
7940
7941 @section Tcl Rule #1
7942 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7943 @enumerate
7944 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7945 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7946 @end enumerate
7947
7948 The Tcl equal is this:
7949
7950 @enumerate
7951 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7952 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7953 @end enumerate
7954
7955 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7956 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7957
7958 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7959 There is a second pair of rules.
7960 @enumerate
7961 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7962 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7963 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7964 in Tcl.
7965 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7966 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7967 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7968 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7969 @end enumerate
7970
7971 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7972 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7973 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7974 Everything is a string}
7975
7976 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7977 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7978 difference is subtle.
7979 @enumerate
7980 @item Parse Time
7981 @item Evaluation Time
7982 @end enumerate
7983
7984 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7985 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7986 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7987
7988 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7989 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7990 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7991 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7992
7993 @itemize @bullet
7994 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7995 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7996 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7997 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7998 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7999 @example
8000 # bash example
8001 X=`date`
8002 echo "The Date is: $X"
8003 # Tcl example
8004 set X [date]
8005 puts "The Date is: $X"
8006 @end example
8007 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8008 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8009 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8010 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8011 is a string}
8012 @example
8013 set x "Dinner"
8014 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8015 @end example
8016 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8017 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8018 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8019 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8020 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8021 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8022 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8023 @end itemize
8024
8025 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8026
8027 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8028
8029 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8030
8031 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8032 the normal way.
8033
8034 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8035 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8036 line is immedatly executed.
8037
8038 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8039 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8040
8041 @subsection Command Execution
8042
8043 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8044 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8045 control flow operators.
8046
8047 Commands are executed like this:
8048
8049 @enumerate
8050 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8051 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8052 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8053 @end enumerate
8054
8055 It sort of works like this:
8056 @example
8057 for(;;)@{
8058 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8059
8060 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8061
8062 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8063 @}
8064 @end example
8065
8066 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8067 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8068 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8069 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8070 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8071 ``LookupCommand()''
8072
8073 @subsection The FOR command
8074
8075 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8076 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8077 command just like any other command.
8078
8079 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8080 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8081 are:
8082
8083 @enumerate 0
8084 @item The ascii text 'for'
8085 @item The start text
8086 @item The test expression
8087 @item The next text
8088 @item The body text
8089 @end enumerate
8090
8091 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8092 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8093 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8094 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8095
8096 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8097 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8098
8099 @example
8100 int
8101 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8102 int *argc,
8103 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8104 @end example
8105
8106 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8107 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8108 still operates in the same basic way.
8109
8110 @subsection FOR command implementation
8111
8112 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8113 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8114
8115 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8116
8117 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8118
8119 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8120 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8121 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8122
8123 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8124 expression and returns a value.
8125
8126 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8127 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8128 @example
8129 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8130
8131 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8132
8133 int
8134 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8135 int argc,
8136 char **argv )
8137 @{
8138 if( argc != 5 )@{
8139 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8140 return ERROR;
8141 @}
8142
8143 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8144
8145 // Execute the start statement.
8146 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8147
8148 // Top of loop test
8149 for(;;)@{
8150 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8151 if( i == 0 )
8152 break;
8153
8154 // Execute the body
8155 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8156
8157 // Execute the LOOP part
8158 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8159 @}
8160
8161 // Return no error
8162 SetResult( interp, "" );
8163 return SUCCESS;
8164 @}
8165 @end example
8166
8167 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8168 in the same basic way.
8169
8170 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8171
8172 @subsection source and find commands
8173 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8174 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8175 @*Remember the parsing rules
8176 @enumerate
8177 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8178 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8179 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8180 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8181 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8182 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8183 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8184 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8185 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8186 @end enumerate
8187 @subsection format command
8188 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8189 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8190 @b{sprintf()}.
8191 @b{Example}
8192 @example
8193 set x 6
8194 set y 7
8195 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8196 @end example
8197 @enumerate
8198 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8199 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8200 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8201 @* Refer to Rule #1
8202 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8203 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8204 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8205 @end enumerate
8206 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8207 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8208 @example
8209 #1 Good
8210 proc someproc @{@} @{
8211 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8212 @}
8213 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8214 #2 Good - no variables
8215 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8216 #3 Good Curly Braces
8217 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8218 puts "Time: [date]"
8219 @}
8220 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8221 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8222 @end example
8223 @enumerate
8224 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8225 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8226 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8227 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8228 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8229 command.
8230 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8231 @*There are 4 examples:
8232 @enumerate
8233 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8234 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8235 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8236 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8237 @end enumerate
8238
8239 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8240 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8241 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8242
8243 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8244 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8245 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8246 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8247 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8248 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8249 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8250 @end enumerate
8251 @subsection Global Variables
8252 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8253 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8254 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8255 @example
8256 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8257 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8258 global x #Global variable X
8259 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8260 @}
8261 @end example
8262 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8263 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8264 @example
8265 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8266 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8267 # Create var name
8268 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8269 # Make it a global
8270 global $vn
8271 # Set it.
8272 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8273 @}
8274 @end example
8275 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8276 @example
8277 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8278 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8279 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8280 @}
8281 @end example
8282
8283 @include fdl.texi
8284
8285 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8286 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8287 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8288 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8289 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8290 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8291
8292 @printindex cp
8293
8294 @node Command and Driver Index
8295 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8296 @printindex fn
8297
8298 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)